18.12.2013 Views

Acoustic Emission Monitoring of CFRP Laminated Composites ...

Acoustic Emission Monitoring of CFRP Laminated Composites ...

Acoustic Emission Monitoring of CFRP Laminated Composites ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>CFRP</strong> <strong>Laminated</strong> <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Subjected to<br />

Multi-axial Cyclic Loading<br />

A dissertation by<br />

Rúnar Unnþórsson<br />

Submitted to the Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering in partial<br />

fullment <strong>of</strong> the requirements for the degree <strong>of</strong><br />

Doctor <strong>of</strong> Philosophy.<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland<br />

Reykjavik, October 2008


Doctoral Committee<br />

Magnús Þór Jónsson, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />

Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland<br />

Thomas Philip Rúnarsson, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />

Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland<br />

Jón Atli Benediktsson, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />

Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland<br />

Opponents<br />

Kanji Ono, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Emeritus<br />

Henry Samueli School <strong>of</strong> Engineering and Applied Science, UCLA,<br />

Los Angeles, California, USA<br />

Karen Holford, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />

Cardi School <strong>of</strong> Engineering,<br />

Cardi, Wales, UK.<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland<br />

Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering<br />

VR-II, Hjarðarhaga 2-6, IS-107 Reykjavik, Iceland<br />

Phone +354 525 4648, Fax +354 525 4632<br />

verk@hi.is<br />

www.hi.is<br />

ISBN: 978-9979-9812-6-8<br />

Printed in Iceland by Prentsmiðjan Oddi ehf, 2008


To my family.


This page intentionally left blank.


Abstract<br />

The condition monitoring <strong>of</strong> machinery is an important eld <strong>of</strong> study in<br />

engineering. Its aim is to detect the early development <strong>of</strong> machine faults,<br />

and by doing so, facilitate predictive maintenance. This is based on the<br />

idea that degradation occurs before failure and that by monitoring the<br />

health <strong>of</strong> the system, degradation can be identied and corrected before<br />

breakdown. This can mean huge cost savings for the industry, both in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> safety and productivity.<br />

Several techniques can be used for condition monitoring. In this thesis a<br />

technique known as <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> (AE) is studied. <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission<br />

is a nondestructive evaluation technique which can be used for in situ<br />

detection <strong>of</strong> microstructural changes in a material. When these changes<br />

occur energy is released and elastic stress waves, or acoustic emissions,<br />

are generated. AE can also be generated by other sources such as friction<br />

and impacts. The AE technique passively listens to the machinery for<br />

emissions. When detected, the task is to process them and interpret the<br />

results.<br />

This thesis presents an investigation into the acquisition, processing<br />

and presentation <strong>of</strong> acoustic emissions during multiaxial cyclic loading <strong>of</strong><br />

an assembly <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> composites. The objective <strong>of</strong> this study is to develop<br />

a methodology for processing AE to facilitate early damage diagnosis and<br />

failure prognosis.<br />

To achieve the objective <strong>of</strong> the thesis, an experimental setup was designed<br />

and implemented for acquiring data from 75 nominally identical<br />

samples <strong>of</strong> a prosthetic foot while subjected to cyclic loading. The loading<br />

was applied by means <strong>of</strong> two pneumatic actuators. The positions and<br />

loading applied by the actuators were simultaneously acquired with the<br />

acoustic emissions. The experimental data was then analysed to understand<br />

how its behavior, within each cycle, evolved as a function <strong>of</strong> time.


In order to analyse the data new approaches for processing and presenting<br />

the data were developed and new AE signal features were introduced.<br />

The principal contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis is a methodology for processing,<br />

presenting, and quantifying AE data so that it can be used for identifying<br />

multiple AE sources and for tracking their locations relative to the phase<br />

<strong>of</strong> a reference signal. The results show that the tracking <strong>of</strong> AE sources<br />

can be used to facilitate early damage diagnosis and failure prognosis. The<br />

methodology is neither limited to AE signals nor to periodic reference signals.<br />

It can be used to study changes, or artifacts, in other signals using<br />

either periodic or aperiodic reference signals. Another corollary <strong>of</strong> the<br />

work presented here is an algorithm to detect and determine AE hits in<br />

signals which include large number <strong>of</strong> overlapping transients with variable<br />

strengths. Other contributions include new AE features, an AE-based failure<br />

criterion, and a probability-based approach for providing early warning<br />

<strong>of</strong> imminent failure. These last two are based on a 10% displacement failure<br />

criterion which was used for determining the failure <strong>of</strong> prosthetic feet.


Ágrip (in Icelandic)<br />

Líftími vélbúnaðar, sem á að heita eins, er háður notkun, starfsumhver og<br />

frávikum í bæði efni og smíði hans. Þetta þýðir að framleiðandi búnaðar<br />

getur í raun ekki útbúið eina viðhaldsáætlun sem gildir fyrir allan búnað<br />

sömu gerðar nema með því að gera málamiðlanir. Til þess að útbúa sem<br />

hagkvæmastar viðhaldsáætlanir þarf að aðlaga þær að viðkomandi vélbúnaði<br />

og uppfæra reglulega. En það getur verið bæði tímafrekt og ertt. Því<br />

er <strong>of</strong>t brugðið á það ráð að fylgjast þess í stað með ástandi búnaðarins.<br />

Ástandseftirlit vélbúnaðar er mikilvægt fyrir öll fyrirtæki sem treysta á<br />

vélbúnað við starfsemi sína. Markmið með slíku eftirliti er að frumgreina<br />

bilanir og þar með auðvelda gerð fyrirbyggjandi viðhaldsáætlana. Þetta er<br />

byggt á þeirri hugmynd að bilanir byrji smátt og ágerist með tíma. Með<br />

því að fylgjast með búnaðinum þá er hægt að grípa inn í áður en viðkomandi<br />

vélbúnaður telst vera ónothæfur eða alvarlegar skemmdir myndast.<br />

Fyrir fyrirtæki getur þannig ástandsstýrt fyrirbyggjandi viðhald þýtt umtalsverðar<br />

umbætur í öryggi starfsmanna og einnig aukna framleiðni.<br />

Til ástandseftirlits má velja úr mörgum prófunaraðferðum. Í þessari<br />

ritgerð er unnið með aðferð sem nefnist <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> (AE). <strong>Acoustic</strong><br />

emission er skaðlaus prófunaraðferð sem má nota til þess að greina<br />

örsmáar breytingar í efni. Þegar þessar breytingar myndast losnar um<br />

orku sem myndar svipular þrýstibylgjur sem stundum eru kallaðar hljóðþrýstibylgjur<br />

(AE). Hljóðþrýstibylgjur geta einnig myndast vegna núnings<br />

og högga. AE er óvirk aðferð því einungis er hlustað á vélbúnaðinn eftir<br />

hljóðþrýstibylgjum. Þegar bylgjur greinast þá þarf að vinna úr þeim og<br />

túlka niðurstöðurnar.<br />

Í þessu doktorsverkefni voru hljóðþrýstibylgjur frá samsettum koltrefjahlutum<br />

í margása þreytupró rannsakaðar. Allt ferlið frá mælingum, í gegnum<br />

úrvinnslu og yr í framsetningu var skoðað. Markmiðið með verkefn-


inu var að þróa aðferðarfræði til þess að vinna upplýsingar út úr hljóðþrýstibylgjumælingum,<br />

til þess að auðvelda ástandsgreiningu og spá fyrir<br />

um bilanir.<br />

Til þess að ná fram markmiðum verkefnisins var mælitækni útfærð og<br />

notuð til að mæla gögn á meðan 75 koltrefja gervifætur voru þreytuprófaðir.<br />

Fæturnir voru allir sömu gerðar og með sömu laguppbyggingu. Tveir l<strong>of</strong>ttjakkar<br />

voru notaðir til þess að setja álag á fæturna. Staða tjakkana og<br />

álagið var mælt samtímis hljóðþrýstibylgjumælingunum. Mæligögnin voru<br />

síðan greind til þess að skilja hvernig hegðun þeirra, innan hverrar þreytulotu,<br />

þróaðist sem fall af tíma í þreytuprónu. Við úrvinnslu og framsetningu<br />

gagnanna voru nýjar aðferðir þróaðar og nýjar kennistærðir kynntar.<br />

Í verkefninu var þróuð aðferðarfræði til úrvinnslu og framsetningar á<br />

hljóðþrýstibylgjum þannig að hægt er að greina og staðsetja skemmdir<br />

miðað við fasa viðmiðunarmerkis. Niðurstöður sýna að með því að fylgjast<br />

með stöðu skemmda fást upplýsingar sem auðvelda ástandsgreiningu og<br />

má nota til þess að spá fyrir um bilanir. Aðferðafræðin takmarkast hvorki<br />

við hljóðþrýstibylgjur né lotubundin viðmiðunarmerki. Hana má nota til<br />

þess að greina breytingar, eða truanir, í annars konar merkjum frá bæði<br />

stöðugum og óstöðugum kerfum. Einnig var þróuð aðferð til þess að greina<br />

og ákvarða hljóðbylgjuskot (e. AE hit) í merkjum þar sem svipular hljóðþrýstibylgjur<br />

bæði skarast og eru mjög mismunandi að styrk.


Preface<br />

This dissertation has been prepared in partial fullment <strong>of</strong> the requirements<br />

for a Ph.D. degree in Engineering at the University <strong>of</strong> Iceland. The<br />

research was carried out at the Department <strong>of</strong> Mechanical and Industrial<br />

Engineering at the University <strong>of</strong> Iceland and in the testing laboratory at<br />

Össur hf.


This page intentionally left blank.


Acknowledgements<br />

There are many people whom I wish to thank for their support and guidance<br />

throughout this research project. First and foremost I thank my advisor,<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Magnus Thor Jonsson, for making the research possible. His<br />

guidance, encouragement, support, patience, and the discussions we had<br />

are greatly appreciated. My advisor, Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Thomas Philip Runarsson,<br />

I thank for his friendship, suggestions and discussions, and also for all his<br />

frank, critical comments.<br />

The experimental part <strong>of</strong> this research was carried out at the test facility<br />

at Össur hf. I would like to thank Össur for this and for providing the<br />

prosthetic feet for testing. I thank everybody at Össur who assisted me<br />

during this time, especially Stefán Jóhann Björnsson, for his invaluable<br />

support and constant interest in my work.<br />

Special thanks go to my friends and colleagues with whom I shared<br />

an oce during the largest part <strong>of</strong> the study: Benedikt Helgason, Guðrún<br />

Sævarsdóttir and Halldór Pálsson. Their personal and pr<strong>of</strong>essional support<br />

is deeply appreciated.<br />

To Niels Henrik Pontoppidan, at the Technical University <strong>of</strong> Denmark,<br />

thank you for all your help, especially during my visit to DTU. Also, thanks<br />

go to Jens Forker and Hartmut Vallen at Vallen GmbH, Jason Dong at<br />

Physical <strong>Acoustic</strong> Corporation, Bjarni Gíslason, Lilja Magnúsdóttir, and<br />

all the sta at the Faculty <strong>of</strong> Engineering.<br />

I gratefully acknowledge the nancial support provided through grants<br />

from the following funds: The University <strong>of</strong> Iceland Research Fund, the<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Iceland Research Equipment Fund, the Icelandic Research<br />

Council (Rannis) Research Fund, the Icelandic Research Council Graduate<br />

Research Fund, and the Memorial Fund <strong>of</strong> Helga Jonsdottir and Sigurlidi<br />

Kristjansson.


I thank my family, who have always supported me. I thank my parents,<br />

especially my father for always being ready to discuss new ideas and for<br />

helping me with the design and fabrication <strong>of</strong> parts which I needed for<br />

my study. Special thanks to Sigurþóra Bergsdóttir, my partner in life, for<br />

her love and endurance. Last but not least, I thank my children, Bergur<br />

Snær, Margrét Rán and Eyjólfur Felix for their unconditional love and<br />

inspiration.


Contents<br />

Abstract<br />

Ágrip (in Icelandic)<br />

Preface<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

v<br />

vii<br />

ix<br />

xi<br />

1 Introduction 1<br />

1.1 Motivation and Research Objective . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1<br />

1.2 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3<br />

1.3 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4<br />

2 Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong> 7<br />

2.1 <strong>CFRP</strong> <strong>Composites</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />

2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9<br />

2.3 Fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />

2.4 Discussion and Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20<br />

3 <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> 23<br />

3.1 Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24<br />

3.2 AE Hit Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />

3.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />

3.4 AE Source Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />

3.5 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4 Experiments 65<br />

4.1 The Prosthetic Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />

4.2 Test Setup & Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68


xiv<br />

4.3 Data Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />

4.4 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76<br />

5 Results 77<br />

5.1 Fatigue Behaviour <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex foot . . . . . . . . . . . 78<br />

5.2 Load-Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.3 Impending Failure Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92<br />

5.4 AE-Based Failure Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106<br />

5.5 Case Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113<br />

6 Conclusion 133<br />

6.1 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134<br />

6.2 Directions for Future Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136<br />

Bibliography 155<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Tables 157<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Figures 163<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Algorithms 165


"If all diculties were known at the outset<br />

<strong>of</strong> a long journey, most <strong>of</strong> us would never<br />

start out at all."<br />

Dan Rather<br />

1 Introduction<br />

The subject <strong>of</strong> this thesis is the structural health monitoring <strong>of</strong> brereinforced<br />

polymer composites subjected to multiaxial cyclic loading. The<br />

technique used for monitoring is a passive non-destructive technique known<br />

as acoustic emission monitoring. This chapter introduces the motivation<br />

behind this thesis and its objective. The contributions and outline <strong>of</strong> the<br />

thesis are also presented here.<br />

1.1 Motivation and Research Objective<br />

Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer (<strong>CFRP</strong>) composites have many interesting<br />

properties, such as high strength-to-weight ratio and excellent corrosion<br />

and fatigue tolerance. Despite this, damage in composites develops early<br />

in service 14<br />

and continues to accumulate throughout the service life. The<br />

fatigue tolerance can be attributed to resistance to inhomogeneous damage<br />

growth, which is a property <strong>of</strong> highly inhomogeneous materials. 3<br />

The high<br />

damage tolerance <strong>of</strong> composites means that composites are able to meet<br />

their in-service requirements for a prolonged period <strong>of</strong> time while damages<br />

accumulate and grow.<br />

Fatigue is a stochastic process inuenced by several random factors such<br />

as material variations, manufacturing variations and in-service variations.<br />

Due to the uncertainties involved, the true system cannot be accurately


2 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

represented by a mathematical fatigue model. In other words, all fatigue<br />

models will have a certain level <strong>of</strong> model uncertainty. In addition, fatigue<br />

is also inuenced by the orientations, locations and the types <strong>of</strong> damage<br />

mechanisms introduced in the composite. As a result, the fatigue model<br />

needs to be continually updated and revised while the composite is inservice.<br />

The information required for updating the model can be obtained<br />

using non-destructive condition monitoring techniques.<br />

By combining condition monitoring techniques with fatigue modelling,<br />

critical material degradation processes can be identied, failure predicted,<br />

and preventive actions planned. This approach is known as condition-based<br />

maintenance. By using eective condition based maintenance, instead <strong>of</strong><br />

corrective (after failure) or preventive (calendar-based) maintenance, companies<br />

can make substantial savings. The savings will be in the form <strong>of</strong><br />

extended part life, reduced number <strong>of</strong> unexpected breakdowns, lower risk<br />

<strong>of</strong> secondary failure, and increased safety. Consequently, there is a denite<br />

advantage in being able to detect, monitor and evaluate individual damage<br />

mechanisms before the failure <strong>of</strong> a composite.<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> testing is a non-destructive condition monitoring<br />

technique which can be used for in situ monitoring <strong>of</strong> composite fatigue.<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> emissions (AE) are transient stress (pressure) waves which are<br />

generated by the energy released when microstructural changes occur in<br />

materials. 5, 6<br />

The stress waves travel through the composite and when they<br />

reach the surface, they cause it to vibrate. AE waves can be measured<br />

using very sensitive transducers which respond to surface displacements<br />

<strong>of</strong> several picometers. The AE technique can detect delamination, matrix<br />

5, 710<br />

cracking, debonding, bre cracking and bre pull-out. Hence, the high<br />

sensitivity <strong>of</strong> the AE technique may potentially enable early detection <strong>of</strong><br />

damage.<br />

However, there's no such thing as a free lunch; the high sensitivity <strong>of</strong><br />

the AE technique means that the measured AE signal may contain a high<br />

number <strong>of</strong> AE transients from sources in both the composite and the environment.<br />

The sources in the composite include damage growth, rubbing <strong>of</strong><br />

crack surfaces and friction between the bres and the matrix due to their<br />

dierent material properties. The varying material properties will result in<br />

an anisotropic speed <strong>of</strong> propagation. 11<br />

In addition, reection and attenuation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the AE waves add to the complexity. Attenuation can be caused<br />

by geometric spreading, dispersion, internal friction and scattering. 12<br />

Fur-


1.2 Contributions 3<br />

thermore, the AE waves from damage growth can be buried in the AE<br />

generated by the friction and rubbing <strong>of</strong> crack surfaces. 6<br />

As a result, multiple<br />

AE transients with varying amplitude, duration, and frequency can<br />

be emitted in each cycle and simultaneously. The values <strong>of</strong> the AE signal<br />

features from cumulated damage usually fall in the same range as those<br />

4, 13<br />

that result from damage growth. Hence, designing the entire process<br />

from data acquisition through processing and analysis to interpretation <strong>of</strong><br />

the AE signal emitted from composites subjected to cyclic loading is a<br />

challenging task.<br />

The research objective <strong>of</strong> this thesis is to make a valuable contribution<br />

towards the goal <strong>of</strong> using AE to facilitate early damage diagnosis and<br />

failure prognosis <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> composites subjected to cyclic loading. In order<br />

to achieve this objective the acquisition, processing, and presentation <strong>of</strong><br />

the acoustic emissions is investigated.<br />

1.2 Contributions<br />

One contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis is an algorithm to detect and determine<br />

AE hits in signals which include large number <strong>of</strong> overlapping transients<br />

with variable strengths. The algorithm is designed to overcome important<br />

limitations <strong>of</strong> threshold-based approaches in determining hits in this type<br />

<strong>of</strong> AE signal; for example, when the signal's amplitude between transients<br />

does not fall below the threshold for a predetermined period <strong>of</strong> time. The<br />

algorithm was presented in <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>-Based Fatigue Failure Criterion<br />

for <strong>CFRP</strong> by Runar Unnthorsson, Thomas P. Runarsson and Magnus<br />

T. Jonsson 14 and used in four articles by the same authors. 1417<br />

The AE hits are frequently used as a damage measure. For this purpose<br />

AE hit count, AE cumulative hit count and AE hit rate are <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

recorded and interpreted. However, the time between the hits has not<br />

been studied. In this thesis three AE features are proposed and used to investigate<br />

whether useful information can be obtained by studying the time<br />

between the hits. These features are the inter-spike interval (ISI) feature,<br />

the hit pattern feature and the trough-to-peak pattern feature. The rst<br />

two features were presented in On Using AE Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

15, 18<br />

Cyclically Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong> and the trough-to-peak pattern feature was<br />

presented in An AE Feature for Issuing Early Failure Warning <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong>


4 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue. 17<br />

The ISI feature is the timing between two<br />

sequential hits, and the hit pattern feature is essentially a technique for<br />

fusing AE features, extracted from each AE hit, and for nding and locating<br />

patterns which appear within the fused data representation. The<br />

trough-to-peak pattern feature is made by using a variant <strong>of</strong> the ISI feature<br />

as a input to the hit pattern feature. Furthermore, four Entropy-based features<br />

are studied in order to assess whether they are useful for condition<br />

monitoring <strong>CFRP</strong> subjected to multiaxial cyclic loading. The results <strong>of</strong><br />

this study were presented in AE Entropy for Condition <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong><br />

Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue. 19<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> these features and the results<br />

form another contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis.<br />

The main contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis is a methodology for processing,<br />

presenting, and quantifying AE data for the purpose <strong>of</strong> identifying and<br />

tracking the locations <strong>of</strong> multiple AE sources. The locations are determined<br />

relative to the phase <strong>of</strong> a reference signal. This methodology was presented<br />

in <strong>Monitoring</strong> The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual AE Sources in Cyclically loaded<br />

16, 20<br />

FRP <strong>Composites</strong>. The results show that the tracking <strong>of</strong> AE sources<br />

can be used to facilitate early damage diagnosis and failure prognosis. The<br />

methodology is neither limited to AE signals nor to periodic reference<br />

signals. It can be used to study changes, or artifacts, in other signals using<br />

either periodic or aperiodic reference signals.<br />

Other contributions are an AE-based failure criterion 14 and a probabilitybased<br />

approach for providing an early warning <strong>of</strong> imminent failure. 17<br />

These<br />

two contributions are based on a 10% displacement failure criterion, which<br />

is used in this study.<br />

1.3 Outline<br />

The thesis is divided into 6 chapters, including this introduction chapter.<br />

Chapter 2 provides an introduction to bre-reinforced composites, their<br />

construction and properties. It also presents a detailed review <strong>of</strong> the cause<br />

and eect <strong>of</strong> the various defects and damage mechanisms which can be<br />

found in bre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites.<br />

The subject <strong>of</strong> Chapter 3 is acoustic emissions (AE). The chapter starts<br />

with a background and literature section. The section, which is based on<br />

NDT Methods for Evaluating Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong> , 21<br />

opens with a


1.3 Outline 5<br />

description <strong>of</strong> how AE is generated, measured, and processed. The various<br />

factors which can aect the propagation and waveform <strong>of</strong> the acquired<br />

AE are also discussed and the traditionally used methods for analyzing<br />

the AE signal are introduced. The section ends with a literature review<br />

<strong>of</strong> experimental results obtained using these methods and pattern recognition<br />

and classication approaches. The rest <strong>of</strong> the chapter introduces,<br />

formulates and discusses a hit determination procedure, new AE features,<br />

and a methodology for processing, presenting and quantifying AE data so<br />

that it can be used for identifying multiple AE sources and tracking their<br />

locations.<br />

In order to obtain AE data suitable for achieving the objective <strong>of</strong> this<br />

thesis an experimental procedure was designed and implemented. Seventy-<br />

ve nominally identical samples <strong>of</strong> a prosthetic foot were subjected to multiaxial<br />

cyclic loading up to failure. Chapter 4 describes the prosthetic foot,<br />

the experimental procedure, and the equipment used.<br />

Chapter 5 presents the results <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> the experimental data.<br />

First, a general description <strong>of</strong> the fatigue behaviour is presented, followed<br />

by the results <strong>of</strong> three studies. The hypothesis <strong>of</strong> the rst study is that<br />

the probability distribution <strong>of</strong> an AE feature can be used to provide early<br />

warning signs <strong>of</strong> imminent failure in the feet. Failure is dened by a 10%<br />

displacement-based failure criterion. In order to investigate this hypothesis,<br />

the probability distributions <strong>of</strong> several AE features are estimated and<br />

evaluated. Because the warning signs are based on an estimated probability<br />

distribution it will not be able to detect and issue warnings for all<br />

impending failures. Hence, for the purpose <strong>of</strong> supplementing these results<br />

a second study is conducted to investigate whether an AE-based failure criterion<br />

equivalent to the 10% displacement criterion can be designed. The<br />

third and the nal study is a case study on the fatigue evolution <strong>of</strong> one<br />

prosthetic foot. The aim is to improve the results <strong>of</strong> the two prior studies<br />

by facilitating a damage diagnosis and a failure prognosis. The hypothesis<br />

<strong>of</strong> the study is that the methodology designed for identifying and tracking<br />

the locations <strong>of</strong> multiple AE sources can be used for this task.<br />

Chapter 6 concludes the thesis by summarizing its contributions and<br />

outlining some possible directions for future work.


This page intentionally left blank.


"Prediction is very dicult, especially about<br />

the future."<br />

Niels Bohr<br />

2 Carbon Fibre-Reinforced<br />

Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

This chapter introduces Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer (<strong>CFRP</strong>) composites<br />

to the reader. The rst section provides an introduction to brereinforced<br />

composites, their construction and properties. It is followed<br />

with a section which presents a detailed review <strong>of</strong> the cause and eect <strong>of</strong><br />

the various defects and damage mechanisms which can be found in brereinforced<br />

polymer (FRP) composites. The rst two sections are based on<br />

NDT Methods for Evaluating Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong> . 21<br />

The third section<br />

discusses the stiness degradation <strong>of</strong> FRP composites during fatigue<br />

and reviews some stiness-based fatigue modelling studies.<br />

2.1 <strong>CFRP</strong> <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Approximately 80 years elapsed between the time when Sir Joseph Wilson<br />

Swan, in 1878, and Thomas Alva Edison, in 1879, independently produced<br />

incandescent lamps with carbon laments 22<br />

to the point at which carbon<br />

bres became a commercial product. The need for lighter and more heatresistant<br />

building material for the military and space applications was the<br />

23, 24<br />

main reason for increasing interest in carbon bres. This interest was<br />

an impetus for improving production methods 25<br />

which in turn made it


8 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

possible to manufacture cheaper bres. Recent years have seen an increasing<br />

interest in the use <strong>of</strong> carbon bres for applications in the automotive,<br />

aerospace and biomedical industries. Their popularity stems largely from<br />

their advantageous material properties such as high strength-to-weight ratio,<br />

fatigue strength, corrosion and heat resistance.<br />

The scope <strong>of</strong> this thesis is limited to carbon bre-reinforced epoxy composites,<br />

also referred to as carbon bre-reinforced polymer (<strong>CFRP</strong>) composites.<br />

Hence, the discussion in the remainder <strong>of</strong> this chapter is limited<br />

to bre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites.<br />

A composite material is a nonhomogeneous material made by combining<br />

two or more dierent materials. Each <strong>of</strong> the constituent materials retains<br />

its own distinctive properties, while the composite will have properties<br />

which are a complex function <strong>of</strong> the proportion <strong>of</strong> each constituent and<br />

their interactions. When used in composites, carbon bres are used to<br />

reinforce materials such as metals, carbon, ceramics, and polymers. The<br />

reinforced material is referred to as the matrix. The composite will have<br />

properties which cannot be achieved with the matrix (cured resin) and the<br />

bres independently. 26<br />

The material properties <strong>of</strong> an epoxy resin are vastly dierent from carbon<br />

bres. Hence, the properties <strong>of</strong> a carbon/epoxy composite can be split<br />

into matrix dominated and bre-dominated properties. Many <strong>of</strong> the important<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> a composite are determined by the matrix. The matrix<br />

transfer loads internally to all the bres, determines the maximum service<br />

temperature, supports bres under compression and provides resistance to<br />

damage growth. 27<br />

In addition, the matrix provides interlaminar shear and<br />

impact tolerance. 28, 29 The bre-dominated property is tensile strength. 29<br />

Hence, the matrix dominates the transverse and compressive properties,<br />

but the bres dominate the axial tensile properties.<br />

<strong>Laminated</strong> composites are constructed by adding thin layers <strong>of</strong> sheets<br />

and resin. The bres come as chopped strand mats, woven and unidirectional<br />

sheets. Chopped strand mats consist <strong>of</strong> chopped bres that are<br />

evenly distributed and randomly orientated. The bres are held together<br />

with a binder. The strength <strong>of</strong> the mats is equal in all directions in the<br />

plane <strong>of</strong> the laminate. Woven sheets are formed from interlacing yarns,<br />

and are strongest in the direction <strong>of</strong> the bres, i.e. in two directions. The<br />

orientation <strong>of</strong> all bres in a unidirectional sheet is in the same direction.


2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms 9<br />

Their strength is therefore almost solely concentrated in that direction.<br />

Prepregs are mats and sheets which have been pre-impregnated with resin<br />

before being stored.<br />

The strength <strong>of</strong> carbon bre composites depends on the volume ratio<br />

<strong>of</strong> bres versus matrix. 30<br />

The higher the ratio, the stronger the composite.<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> composites usually depend on the direction in<br />

27, 31<br />

which they are measured. This is called anisotropy. Metals are generally<br />

isotropic, which means that their strength and other properties are independent<br />

<strong>of</strong> direction. <strong>Composites</strong> therefore oer more design parameters,<br />

which is something that most designers welcome. The three dierent types<br />

<strong>of</strong> sheets oer many interesting possibilities for a designer. The stacking<br />

sequence and orientation <strong>of</strong> sheets can be used to obtain desired properties.<br />

It is possible to design a composite that can be easily bent, but hard to<br />

twist and vice versa, depending on the orientation <strong>of</strong> the bres. Also, it is<br />

possible to design a composite that shows negligible heat expansion over<br />

certain temperature intervals. This is because the coecient <strong>of</strong> thermal ex-<br />

24, 32<br />

pansion for carbon bres is negative, but positive for the epoxy matrix.<br />

Hence, the increasing demand for carbon bres can also be attributed to<br />

the fact that the material properties <strong>of</strong> composites can be engineered by<br />

changing the stacking sequence and orientation <strong>of</strong> bres.<br />

All the benets oered by <strong>CFRP</strong> composites, however, do not come<br />

without a cost; numerous defects and damage mechanisms can occur in<br />

these composites. The reasons why defects and damages occur can be<br />

diverse, but once they have occurred further damage is more likely to<br />

develop. This is because both the defects and the damages weaken the<br />

composite, which is required to meet its in-service requirements.<br />

2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms<br />

The initiation <strong>of</strong> defects and damage mechanisms in laminated <strong>CFRP</strong> composites<br />

can be roughly divided into three stages: during the manufacturing<br />

<strong>of</strong> bres and prepregs, during the construction <strong>of</strong> the composite, and during<br />

the in-service life <strong>of</strong> the composite. The following overview is divided<br />

into three parts, each corresponding to one <strong>of</strong> these stages.


10 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

2.2.1 Defects in Fibres and Prepregs<br />

Carbon bres can be made from many types <strong>of</strong> precursor materials, but<br />

rayon, pitch, and PAN have been used when mechanical properties are<br />

important. 31<br />

Rayon was used in the rst generation <strong>of</strong> carbon bres, but<br />

due to expensive production methods and high mass losses it isn't popular<br />

today. 33<br />

The main advantage that pitch-based bres have over their PANbased<br />

counterparts is that the precursor material is cheaper. 25<br />

The bres,<br />

however, have lower tensile and compressive strength, and although these<br />

properties can be improved it is expensive to do so. 25<br />

PAN, or polyacrylonitrile, is the most used precursor material for making<br />

carbon bres. The production <strong>of</strong> a bre starts by melting the polymer,<br />

pumping it through small holes and stretching it until it becomes a very<br />

thin bre (10-12µm). At the same time the precursor bres are oxidized<br />

in air at 200-300 ◦ C. 34<br />

Internal voids and surface defects are randomly generated<br />

in the bres during this process. 31<br />

During oxidization the bre becomes<br />

black and its material structure changes; hydrogen atoms disappear<br />

and oxygen atoms are added. If the core <strong>of</strong> a thick bre doesn't oxidize<br />

the bre will become hollow later in the production. Hollow bres have<br />

higher strength to weight ratio than solid bres. The oxidization process<br />

is the key limiting factor in the production, even though the time required<br />

has been reduced from hours to minutes. 25<br />

The next step is carbonation,<br />

where the precursor bres are heated up to 1000-3000 ◦ C, 24<br />

but now in an<br />

inert gas. According to S. Chand, 25<br />

nitrogen is <strong>of</strong>ten used for temperatures<br />

up to 2000 ◦ C, and argon for higher temperatures. The exact temperature<br />

used depends on the properties required. In general, the tensile modulus<br />

increases with higher temperatures. 25<br />

According to Landis et al., 35<br />

volatile materials are released during the<br />

heating process, resulting in a material that is almost pure carbon, or 92-<br />

99%. If the temperature exceeds 3000 ◦ C the bres turn into graphite, a<br />

s<strong>of</strong>t material which has been used as a dry lubricant or a pencil lead. The<br />

dierence between carbon and graphite bres lies in how the carbon atoms<br />

are connected. In graphite bres the atoms are arranged in sheets. In each<br />

sheet they are connected in a hexagonal structure similar to chicken wire.<br />

The bonds between the atoms in each sheet are very strong, but the bonds<br />

between adjacent sheets are very weak. The weak bonds will break under<br />

stress and the sheets slide past one another. This is what makes graphite


2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms 11<br />

a good lubricant. The structure <strong>of</strong> carbon bres is dierent; the sheets<br />

appear as though they have been laid in the direction <strong>of</strong> the bre and then<br />

crumpled. This results in a complex interaction between the sheets and<br />

makes it dicult for them to slide.<br />

After the carbonization process the bres are surface-treated and sized.<br />

These two last steps inuence how the bres will perform in a composite.<br />

By surface treatment the surface area <strong>of</strong> the bres can be increased, resulting<br />

in better bonding. 36<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> sizing is to protect them from<br />

24, 37<br />

corrosion, handling and to improve the resin bonding. If the bonding<br />

is too strong the impact resistance <strong>of</strong> the composite will decrease. 38<br />

During<br />

the production <strong>of</strong> carbon bres, the bres travel at high speed trough the<br />

machinery and occasionally rub against it. 39<br />

The sizing that is applied to<br />

the bres is intended to protect them from abrasion, but if they become<br />

scratched the sizing is damaged and the bre will lose strength. If the<br />

sizing fails the bonding between the bre and the matrix is more likely<br />

to break. Debonding <strong>of</strong> the bre/matrix interfaces (see Fig. 2.1) will render<br />

the matrix unable to distribute stresses to the bre, which results in<br />

reduced stiness and dierent damping characteristics for the composite. 40<br />

Figure 2.1<br />

Shows matrix cracks, broken bres, debonding and delamination.<br />

Woven prepreg material and unidirectional tapes are produced by impregnating<br />

the carbon bres in resin and allowing it to partially cure. During<br />

this process various random defects can be built into the defects, e.g.<br />

bre and tow misalignment. 41<br />

Material property data from suppliers <strong>of</strong> carbon<br />

bre/epoxy prepregs is commonly obtained using standards provided<br />

by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), e.g. ASTM<br />

D3039 for tensile strength, ASTM D790 for exural strength and SACMA<br />

SRM 1R-94 for compression strength. The test procedures outlined in


12 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

these standards are based on quasi-static loading <strong>of</strong> coupons. Quasi-static<br />

loading does not provide adequate characterization <strong>of</strong> the composite material<br />

under dynamic loading because the polymer responds dierently to low<br />

and high strain rates. 4244<br />

Random defects can be introduced during the<br />

production and handling <strong>of</strong> bres, so the material property parameters, like<br />

all other experimentally obtained data, follow probability distributions.<br />

2.2.2 Defects in <strong>Laminated</strong> <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Careful quality control is important throughout the manufacturing process<br />

<strong>of</strong> a <strong>CFRP</strong> composite, from lay-up to nal nishing. This is because<br />

<strong>of</strong> the large number <strong>of</strong> defects which can be generated and other factors<br />

which can aect the mechanical properties <strong>of</strong> the composite. During the<br />

lay-up process, it is important to remove wrinkles when new layers are<br />

added. Wrinkles (Fig. 2.3) can cause air entrapment and resin build-up. 45<br />

They can therefore weaken the composite and render the design useless.<br />

Air entrapment, sometimes called voids, can occur between the bre lay-<br />

Figure 2.2<br />

Shows what happens when air gets trapped between layers.<br />

ers (Fig. 2.2) because air gets trapped between layers during the lay-up process.<br />

According to Schwartz 26<br />

voids and porosity can be caused by volatile<br />

entrapment during resin curing. Schwartz also remarks that if they are only<br />

partially entrapped then blisters are generated. Blisters are generated in<br />

the outermost layers. Voids and blisters weaken the composite and can<br />

also induce the formation <strong>of</strong> other types <strong>of</strong> damage. Foreign objects that<br />

get trapped between layers weaken the composite (Fig. 2.3). Examples <strong>of</strong><br />

foreign inclusion are: oily residues left on the prepregs due to hand lotion


2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms 13<br />

used by personnel, dust, hair, grease and other impurities. According to<br />

Adams and Cawley 45<br />

stresses can develop around foreign inclusions. These<br />

stresses can cause delamination and other damage. This has been used in<br />

research in order to manufacture composites with damage. 4649<br />

Delamination<br />

(Fig. 2.1) is when the bonds between layers break. It is the most<br />

common type <strong>of</strong> damage in composites. 5052<br />

The weakest bonding between<br />

layers is where voids and too much resin is located. When the inter-layer<br />

breaks, the stiness and buckling resistance decreases. 46<br />

Therefore, both<br />

too much and too little resin increases the risk <strong>of</strong> delamination.<br />

Figure 2.3<br />

Shows foreign inclusion and a wrinkle.<br />

It is important to use a suitable amount <strong>of</strong> resin for in the application,<br />

because temperature, stress and moisture can cause damage to the<br />

matrix. 45<br />

The ability <strong>of</strong> the matrix to distribute stresses can change during<br />

fatigue loading, hence aecting the endurance limit <strong>of</strong> the composite. 40<br />

Density variations, due to either too little or too much resin, can have<br />

serious consequences for the composite. According to Gaylord 53<br />

too little<br />

resin results in inadequate bonding between layers and the formation<br />

<strong>of</strong> voids and porosity. Too much resin lowers the volume fraction <strong>of</strong> -<br />

bres and increases the risk <strong>of</strong> cracks (Fig. 2.1). If the cure temperature <strong>of</strong><br />

the resin is too high or the resin cures too fast then crazing can occur. 53<br />

This is characterized by very ne cracks on the surface and in the matrix.<br />

Crazing generally occurs where there is excessive resin or gel coat. The<br />

orientation <strong>of</strong> the bres is one <strong>of</strong> the composite design parameters. Fibre<br />

misalignment can therefore change the design and generate dierent load<br />

distribution than was anticipated by the designer. In some cases this will<br />

cause the matrix to take up the load and the composite will break.


14 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Lay-ups are commonly consolidated in autoclaves using vacuum bagging,<br />

which is used to compress the part and squeeze out excess resin. This<br />

reduces the resin content, removes entrapped air, and as a result makes the<br />

part both lighter and stronger. During vacuum bagging, layers can slide<br />

and hence alter the design. This process depends on a large number <strong>of</strong> variables,<br />

including the mould geometry, locations <strong>of</strong> the resin outlets, resin<br />

temperature, vacuum pressure, and curing. The last three are functions <strong>of</strong><br />

both time and location and must be repeated exactly the same way every<br />

time. Also, the moulds must be designed in order to ensure correct vacuum<br />

pressure and resin ow throughout the part. During the curing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

resin it warms up and its volume reduces due to polymerization shrinkage<br />

but the bres are unaected. This generates internal stresses between<br />

the matrix and the bres. 54<br />

When the composite cools down, additional<br />

stresses are generated because the matrix and the bres have a dierent coecient<br />

<strong>of</strong> thermal expansion. 54<br />

The stresses generated are called residual<br />

stresses. The residual stresses aect several properties <strong>of</strong> the composite,<br />

e.g. strength, fatigue and chemical resistance. The stresses can be reduced<br />

by extending the curing time.<br />

The nal nishing touches include cutting/drilling, grinding and assembling.<br />

These operations can easily cause damage to the composite.<br />

The most common reason for damage is forces that are applied perpendicularly<br />

to the direction <strong>of</strong> the bres. <strong>Composites</strong>, however, have very<br />

little strength in that direction. 55<br />

When the cutting tool used for the<br />

cutting/drilling operations enters and exits the material it can induce delamination.<br />

56<br />

Furthermore, localized defects such as bre pullouts, and<br />

55, 57, 58<br />

burning <strong>of</strong> the resin can also be initiated. The grinding operations<br />

can result in a higher temperature than the curing temperature; hence,<br />

the material property may be degraded. 59<br />

Low-velocity impacts such as<br />

dropping the composite part, dropping tools on the part, and mechanically<br />

hitting the composite during assembly can initiate delamination, break -<br />

46, 58, 6063<br />

bres, and generate cracks. Furthermore, mechanical joining <strong>of</strong><br />

composite parts, such as bolting, will produce stress concentrations which<br />

can initiate damage growth. 64 Hence, improper selection <strong>of</strong> washer sizes 65<br />

and over-torquing 58<br />

can cause detrimental local damage around the bolt<br />

holes. Cut or broken bres weaken the composite. Fibre failure can be<br />

attributed to improper handling, imperfections, and both tensile and compressive<br />

stresses. Stresses can develop around the area where the bre


2.2 Defects and Damage Mechanisms 15<br />

breaks. These stresses can cause other bres to break.<br />

2.2.3 Damages Initiated In-Service<br />

Damages initiated during in-service can be caused by a number <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />

and operational factors. The mechanical properties <strong>of</strong> epoxy matrices<br />

degrade when exposed to ultraviolet radiation, thermal cycling, high<br />

temperatures and moisture. Ultraviolet radiation, e.g. from the sun, causes<br />

matrix loss which results in a decline in the exural properties. 66<br />

Due to<br />

the dierent coecients <strong>of</strong> thermal expansion between bres and matrix,<br />

thermal changes cause the two materials to expand dierently and create<br />

stresses at the bre/matrix interface. These thermal stresses can lead to<br />

matrix cracking and debonding. 67<br />

Matrix cracking can lead to matrix loss<br />

68, 69<br />

which results in a drop in the matrix-dominated properties. In a high<br />

temperature environment, close to the glass temperature (Tg) <strong>of</strong> the epoxy<br />

matrix, the matrix s<strong>of</strong>tens, which results in a drop in the interlaminar<br />

shear strength and the exural stiness. The matrix also absorbs moisture,<br />

28, 67, 70, 71<br />

which has a plasticizing eect and leads to dimensional changes.<br />

Absorption leads to dimensional changes and lowers the glass transition<br />

temperature. 27, 28, 6971 This causes degradation in matrix-dominated properties<br />

such as stiness, shear strength, compressive strength, impact toler-<br />

28, 68, 72, 73<br />

ance and fatigue.<br />

Because the epoxy is brittle it is vulnerable to many types <strong>of</strong> impacts,<br />

such as dropping tools, stone and hail impacts to a car body, impacts to<br />

aircrafts from birds, hail and other objects, and wave impacts on the hull<br />

<strong>of</strong> a ship. In some instances impacts will only leave barely visible impact<br />

damage (BVID) on the impacted surface. 7476<br />

According to Komorowski<br />

et al., 77<br />

cyclic loading, moisture, temperature and viscoelastic eects can<br />

signicantly reduce the depth <strong>of</strong> the impact dents and make them BVID.<br />

In their paper, Hosur et al. 60<br />

inferred that the impact damage increases<br />

with depth and the maximum delamination occurs near the unimpacted<br />

side.<br />

When a slip in a bolted joint is initiated, wear and energy losses occur.<br />

78<br />

Under repetitive loading this can result in load-relaxation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

bolted joint, which can lead to accelerated damage growth. Cyclic fatigue<br />

<strong>of</strong> a composite is inuenced by the defects and damage mechanisms located<br />

randomly throughout the volume <strong>of</strong> the composite. Some <strong>of</strong> these


16 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

material aws will grow with repeated loading and cause premature failure.<br />

Furthermore, cyclic fatigue is also inuenced by factors such as the loading<br />

frequency and the load ratio. 7982<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> composites during<br />

cyclic fatigue is discussed separately in the next section.<br />

2.3 Fatigue<br />

In order to gain an understanding <strong>of</strong> the physical processes that occur<br />

during the fatigue degradation <strong>of</strong> FRP composites, the research has been<br />

limited to certain laminate sequences, geometries, and specic loading con-<br />

1, 83, 84<br />

ditions.<br />

The fatigue <strong>of</strong> composites has mainly been studied using standardized<br />

test coupons. These coupons are sometimes made with notched edges or<br />

with a hole. The following loading conditions have been predominant in the<br />

published literature: tension-tension, 8, 9, 83, 8589 90, 91<br />

tension-compression,<br />

compression-compression 92 and bending. 2, 93 Gamstedt and Sjögren stated<br />

that tension-compression loading is common in service applications and<br />

is more destructive than tension-tension loading for composites containing<br />

transverse plies. 91<br />

They concluded that this was due to more rapid debonding<br />

growth around the transverse bres in tension-compression loading,<br />

which caused earlier initiation <strong>of</strong> transverse cracks.<br />

Many models have been proposed for the task <strong>of</strong> predicting fatigue life<br />

and failure <strong>of</strong> composites. Some have been based on laminate analysis, 9496<br />

some on nite element analysis, 65, 97100 and others on measurable quantities<br />

such as stiness. <strong>Composites</strong> are widely used in applications where stiness<br />

is critical. Changes in stiness can be monitored by using displacement<br />

and loading measurements, both <strong>of</strong> which are readily obtainable while a<br />

composite is in-service.<br />

The stiness degradation <strong>of</strong> composites during cyclic loading can generally<br />

be divided into three stages: initial (I), gradual (II), and a nal (III)<br />

stage. 2, 87, 101, 102 This division is demonstrated schematically in Fig. 2.4.<br />

Dyer and Isaac also observed two stages in glass/polyester composites and<br />

concluded that the number <strong>of</strong> stages and the amount <strong>of</strong> damage within<br />

each stage depends on the laminate structure, matrix material, and bre<br />

type. 83<br />

Early during stage I damage starts to accumulate at an increasing rate.


2.3 Fatigue 17<br />

Figure 2.4<br />

Schematic progression <strong>of</strong> fatigue damage in composites.<br />

According to Daniel 103<br />

the duration <strong>of</strong> this stage, in an idealized case,<br />

is from 1 cycle to a few hundred cycles. The damage is mainly microcracks<br />

104 (transverse matrix cracks 2 ) and debonding. Debonding is incipient<br />

to micro-cracks transverse cracking. 91<br />

Other damage mechanisms<br />

such as the breaking <strong>of</strong> low strength bres, small edge delamination and<br />

8, 9, 104<br />

bre pullout can take place simultaneously. The reduction in stiness,<br />

at this stage, is mainly due to the development <strong>of</strong> transverse matrix<br />

cracks. 82<br />

A drop <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> 10% in Young's modulus, or stiness,<br />

105, 106<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten observed. However, an increase in stiness has also been<br />

reported. 107109 Sung and Jianping observed that stiness increases in E-<br />

glass/vinyl ester composites. 107<br />

They attributed the stiness increase to<br />

the viscoelasticity <strong>of</strong> the matrix and the alignment <strong>of</strong> bres to the loading<br />

direction. Kahn et al. 108<br />

tested woven Carbon Fabric with polyester resin.<br />

They explained that the stiness was usually observed in the beginning <strong>of</strong><br />

cyclic testing. Ruggles-Wrenn et al., 109<br />

using a urea/urethane matrix, attributed<br />

the stiness increase to the straightening <strong>of</strong> bres. The fact that<br />

some investigations only report two stages (for an example, see the review<br />

by Dyer and Isaac 83 ), can be attributed to a short initial stage, i.e. if it is<br />

only few cycles, it may not be considered a stage.<br />

For a given load level, there is a limit on how many micro cracks can<br />

exist in the composite. Hence, the number <strong>of</strong> micro cracks will eventually


18 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

reach saturation point and the rate <strong>of</strong> new damage start to decline. When<br />

saturation occurs the matrix cracks start to form a regularly spaced pattern.<br />

This pattern was discovered by Reifsnider, who called it the "Characteristic<br />

Damage State" (CDS). 106<br />

The formation <strong>of</strong> CDS is located at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> stage I, as shown in Fig. 2.4. Reifsnider determined that the saturation<br />

state is a property <strong>of</strong> the laminate and does not depend on the load<br />

history, environment, or residual stresses. The properties <strong>of</strong> the laminate<br />

include the material system, geometry, and both the properties and the<br />

orientation <strong>of</strong> the individual layers. Reifsnider explained that although the<br />

CDS does not depend on the loading history, it does depend on the maximum<br />

loading, i.e. if the maximum load level is not increased, the pattern<br />

will remain roughly unchanged during the cyclic life. Changes in material<br />

properties, i.e. corrosion and any damage which changes the load distribution,<br />

will also change the CDS. The micro-matrix cracks do not cause<br />

catastrophic failure when their number is low. However, as the number <strong>of</strong><br />

cracks increases they can start to coalesce and form regions <strong>of</strong> high stress<br />

concentration. Stress concentrations can cause the development <strong>of</strong> critical<br />

damage mechanisms, e.g. delamination and bre breakage. For this reason,<br />

the state when the number <strong>of</strong> micro cracks reaches saturation point<br />

(CDS) is generally considered to be the starting point for the formation <strong>of</strong><br />

critical damage mechanisms.<br />

Stage II begins after the CDS stage has been reached. In this stage<br />

micro cracks start to coalesce and delamination begins. 8<br />

This stage is characterized<br />

by a gradual, steady damage growth rate. 104<br />

Both the stiness<br />

reduction and damage accumulation become almost linear with the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> cycles, but at dierent rates. The gradient depends on the stress amplitude.<br />

103<br />

This stage accounts for approximately 80% <strong>of</strong> the fatigue life.<br />

Occasional deviations from linearity are <strong>of</strong>ten due to local delamination<br />

initiation which occurs when transverse cracks link up. 8<br />

In the third and nal stage the rate <strong>of</strong> damage accumulation increases<br />

rapidly 104 and the stiness decreases signicantly. 99 The damage accumulation<br />

is mainly due to irregular delamination growth, 2<br />

e.g. coalescence<br />

<strong>of</strong> delamination cracks. 92<br />

Damage accumulation in this stage ends in a<br />

catastrophic failure. The nal failure depends on several factors, such as<br />

the geometry, the loading conditions and the lamina sequence. In some<br />

composites failure can be in the form <strong>of</strong> a delamination, but in others the<br />

damage growth can change into bre breakage.


2.3 Fatigue 19<br />

Van Paepegem and Degrieck presented a fatigue damage model based<br />

2, 101<br />

on the residual stiness approach. In order to include the nal failure<br />

in the model, the authors needed to include strength properties. This was<br />

done by using a modied version <strong>of</strong> the Tsai-Wu static failure criterion. The<br />

results show that the model, despite the fact that it is one-dimensional and<br />

delamination was not considered, is capable <strong>of</strong> simulating the three stages<br />

in stiness degradation.<br />

Kim and Zhang used a normalized fatigue modulus for lifetime predictions<br />

<strong>of</strong> unidirectional Glass/Vinyl Ester composites. 107<br />

They observed<br />

stiness increase in the rst stage which they attributed to viscoelasticity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the matrix and also to the alignment <strong>of</strong> the bres with the loading direction.<br />

The normalized fatigue modulus was, on the contrary, monotonously<br />

decreasing throughout the fatigue life. For this reason the authors concluded<br />

that the normalized fatigue modulus better represents damage accumulation.<br />

The results also showed that the damage rate obeys power<br />

law.<br />

According to Zhang and Hartwig composites with a brittle epoxy matrix<br />

exhibit higher fatigue resistance than those with a ductile thermoplastic<br />

matrix (e.g. PEEK). 110<br />

Many microcracks form in the brittle matrix, but<br />

bres are more likely to break in a ductile matrix during fatigue. Thus, it<br />

is better to distribute the stress intensity over many crack tips instead <strong>of</strong><br />

only few. The micro-cracks are most likely to be one reason <strong>of</strong> increased<br />

stiness during fatigue testing, due to rubbing resistance generated when<br />

opening and closing the cracks.<br />

Lee et al. presented a residual stiness degradation model for composites<br />

subjected to spectrum loadings. 111<br />

Model parameters need to be<br />

evaluated, but once they have been established the model can be used for<br />

predicting statistical distributions <strong>of</strong> the residual stiness and fatigue life.<br />

The model includes all types <strong>of</strong> damage because any damage will be re-<br />

ected in the stiness degradation and hence in the model parameters. The<br />

service data can also be used to track the stiness reduction <strong>of</strong> a composite<br />

in service. The model was validated using experimental data. The results<br />

show that the model and experimental data agree. The whole approach<br />

seems quite solid; however, the results depend largely on good evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> parameters.<br />

The load-displacement information can be used for generating new mea-


20 Chapter 2. Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Polymer <strong>Composites</strong><br />

sures for evaluating composites. Such measures include non-linearity and<br />

energy loss, also known as hysteresis. Huang et al. estimated the dissipated<br />

energy from the load-displacement curves for predicting failure in<br />

composites. 112<br />

Although it is an interesting approach, their model did not<br />

treat laminates with delamination and was only tested using static load.<br />

Dzenis does not believe that hysteresis will be useful for monitoring<br />

damage development. 87<br />

He believes that the cumulative damage increments<br />

will be too small to have a signicant eect on the stress-strain diagram.<br />

There are, however, other ways <strong>of</strong> working with hysteresis. Thompson<br />

et al. analyzed the hysteresis loops <strong>of</strong> three dierent wood-based panels:<br />

OSB, chipboard, and MDF. 113<br />

Four parameters were extracted from<br />

the loops and monitored. The rst parameter, the loop area, represents<br />

the energy dissipated during one loop. The second parameter, the dynamic<br />

modulus, is the gradient <strong>of</strong> the line drawn from the two extreme points <strong>of</strong><br />

each loop. The third parameter, the fatigue modulus, is the gradient <strong>of</strong> the<br />

line from the origin to the upper extreme point <strong>of</strong> each loop. This parameter<br />

combines the eects <strong>of</strong> both fatigue and creep. The last parameter,<br />

the microstrains, represents the deection. Thompson et al. demonstrated<br />

how the information provided by these parameters could be interpreted.<br />

Kim and Matthews suggested that the Specic Damping Capacity (SDC)<br />

would be an interesting way <strong>of</strong> presenting the variations in loop area. 114<br />

SDC is dened as the ratio <strong>of</strong> the energy dissipated in one cycle to the<br />

total energy stored in the same cycle. They also pointed out that since the<br />

area <strong>of</strong> one loop represents energy, the SDC can be computed as the ratio<br />

<strong>of</strong> one loop area to the next one. Using this technique Guild reported that<br />

SDC allowed him to detect cracks in unidirectional composites, which were<br />

not detectable by visual inspection. 115<br />

The technique also allowed them to<br />

detect cracks which were not discernable using an infrared camera.<br />

2.4 Discussion and Summary<br />

This chapter introduced carbon bre-reinforced polymer composites. A<br />

brief introduction was given on the properties <strong>of</strong> the constituent materials,<br />

the advantageous material properties <strong>of</strong> composites and also how one can<br />

design the properties <strong>of</strong> an composite. Emphasis was put on discussing<br />

what faults and defects can be found in composites, their formation and


2.4 Discussion and Summary 21<br />

how they aect the service life <strong>of</strong> the composite. The stiness degradation<br />

<strong>of</strong> composites during fatigue was also discussed. The discussion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

stiness degradation ended with a review <strong>of</strong> some stiness-based fatigue<br />

modelling studies.<br />

Despite the progress being made in understanding the damage process<br />

<strong>of</strong> composites, a rigorous failure theory is still lacking. Several fatigue<br />

models and failure theories have been published, 1, 116118 but they have been<br />

1, 84, 116<br />

limited to certain laminate sequences and specic loading conditions.<br />

Consequently, they need to be extended and adapted when dierent laminate<br />

sequences, geometries, and dierent loading conditions are required.<br />

Intuitively, by adapting existing fatigue models less accurate models are<br />

obtained. This is especially true when they are extended and adapted to<br />

complex shaped composites which will be subjected to complex fatigue<br />

loading.<br />

As mentioned in the introduction, in-service condition monitoring can<br />

be used to update and continually improve the fatigue models. These<br />

techniques can also be used by designers <strong>of</strong> laminated composites. The<br />

designers can rely on the available theory and experience only up to a<br />

certain point. In the end a "make and test" 116 approach is must be taken in<br />

order verify the design and ensure that it meets the certications required,<br />

such as those made by ISO 1 , ASTM 2<br />

and more. Certication tests are<br />

commonly destructive, time-consuming and costly.<br />

By using condition monitoring techniques during fatigue testing <strong>of</strong> composite<br />

prototypes, designers can obtain valuable information about the fatigue<br />

damage evolution. If detrimental damage mechanisms are observed<br />

early during testing the test can be stopped, the design improved, and a<br />

new prototype tested. By shortening the test time the amount <strong>of</strong> time required<br />

for this iterative process can be shortened considerably. This means<br />

that both the time to market and the corresponding cost will be reduced.<br />

Furthermore, by using the same techniques for condition monitoring during<br />

design and subsequently in-service, the information obtained during the design<br />

phase can possibly be used to develop a condition-based maintenance<br />

schedule.<br />

1 International Organization for Standardization<br />

2 American Society for Testing and Materials


This page intentionally left blank.


"Enjoy the Silence."<br />

Depeche Mode<br />

3 <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Many non-destructive evaluation methods can be used for condition-monitoring<br />

composites. These include coin-tapping, vibrational, visual, thermal<br />

infrared, ultrasonic, eddy current and acoustic emission inspection. Factors<br />

which inuence the selection <strong>of</strong> a method include the cost involved,<br />

the time required to make measurements, access to the composite and the<br />

suitability <strong>of</strong> the method. In this thesis acoustic emission testing is studied,<br />

i.e. the acquisition, processing and presentation <strong>of</strong> acoustic emissions.<br />

The acoustic emission technique is a passive, non-destructive and sensitive<br />

technique which can be performed in situ without interrupting the<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> a composite.<br />

This chapter starts with an background section where the AE phenomenon<br />

is introduced, the AE technique presented and a literature review<br />

<strong>of</strong> experimental results obtained using the AE technique is provided. The<br />

background section is based on NDT Methods for Evaluating Carbon Fiber<br />

<strong>Composites</strong>. 21<br />

The remainder <strong>of</strong> the chapter introduces, formulates and discusses the<br />

contributions <strong>of</strong> this thesis related to AE signal processing. In Sect. 3.2 an<br />

AE hit determination algorithm is presented. The algorithm was presented<br />

in <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>-Based Fatigue Failure Criterion for <strong>CFRP</strong> by Runar<br />

Unnthorsson, Thomas P. Runarsson and Magnus T. Jonsson 14<br />

and used<br />

in. 1417<br />

In Sect. 3.3 two new features based on the time intervals between hits<br />

are presented and also a well known feature from Information Theory, i.e.


24 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

the entropy. The entropy is studied here for its use for condition monitoring.<br />

The features based on the time intervals between hits were presented<br />

and studied in On Using AE Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong> Cyclically<br />

Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong> 15, 18 and in An AE Feature for Issuing Early Failure Warning<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue. 17<br />

The results <strong>of</strong> the entropy study<br />

were presented in AE Entropy for Condition <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected<br />

to Cyclic Fatigue. 19<br />

The last section, or Sect. 3.4, presents the main contribution <strong>of</strong> this<br />

thesis. It is a methodology for processing, presenting, and quantifying AE<br />

data for the purpose <strong>of</strong> identifying and tracking the locations <strong>of</strong> multiple<br />

AE sources relative to a reference signal. This methodology was presented<br />

in <strong>Monitoring</strong> The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual AE Sources in Cyclically loaded<br />

16, 20<br />

FRP <strong>Composites</strong>.<br />

3.1 Background<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> (AE) is a term used for transient stress waves which are<br />

generated by the energy released when microstructural changes occur in a<br />

material. 5, 6<br />

AE is measured using a passive, non-destructive measurement<br />

technique. The energy is provided by an elastic stress eld in the material.<br />

The stress eld can be generated by stressing the material, for instance<br />

using mechanical-, thermal-, pressure- and chemical stressing. These types<br />

<strong>of</strong> stress all contribute to fatigue failure and are commonly encountered<br />

in-service. The stress waves travel through the material and, when they<br />

reach the surface, cause it to vibrate. AE signals are acquired by measuring<br />

the minute surface displacements with sensitive transducers. From the<br />

acquired AE signal it is possible to detect delamination, matrix cracking,<br />

5, 710<br />

debonding, bre cracking and bre pull-outs.<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> signals can be roughly divided into three types:<br />

bursts, continuous and mixed. 119<br />

Bursts are transient signals generated<br />

by the formation <strong>of</strong> damage, e.g. ber breaking and delamination. Continuous<br />

AE signals are generated when multiple transients overlap so that<br />

they cannot be distinguished and the envelope <strong>of</strong> the signal amplitudes<br />

becomes constant. Continuous AE can be generated by electrical noise<br />

and rubbing. The mixed type signal contains both bursts and continuous<br />

signals and it is the type which is normally encountered in-service.


3.1 Background 25<br />

If a composite is stressed and microstructural changes occur, then an<br />

AE is generated. If the stress is removed and then reapplied, then no AE<br />

should be generated unless higher stress is applied. This phenomenon is<br />

called Kaiser Eect and is valid for most materials. AE, however, can be<br />

generated at stress levels below those previously applied. This is known as<br />

the Felicity Eect. One reason for this eect is material degradation, i.e.<br />

damages can occur and grow at lower stress levels. Other sources which can<br />

contribute to the eect are the opening and closing <strong>of</strong> cracks, the rubbing<br />

<strong>of</strong> delamination surfaces and the rubbing <strong>of</strong> parts. AE is also generated<br />

under loading because <strong>of</strong> the dierent material properties <strong>of</strong> the bers and<br />

the matrix. 120<br />

AE that comes from other sources, such as machinery and<br />

electricity, are considered to be disturbances or noise. AE noise from the<br />

environment is generally strong; hence, it has the potential to be a huge<br />

problem. However, the noise is commonly located at frequencies that are<br />

much lower than the AE generated by a material damage, and therefore it<br />

is not as big problem as it could be. 7<br />

3.1.1 Propagation<br />

As the stress waves propagate from the AE source they are inuenced<br />

by a variety <strong>of</strong> factors. These factors include propagation velocities, attenuation,<br />

reection, refraction, discontinuities and the geometry <strong>of</strong> the<br />

material.<br />

The propagation velocity <strong>of</strong> an elastic stress wave depends on the wave<br />

type, material properties and frequency. Stress waves can be split into two<br />

classes depending on where in the material they travel: body waves and<br />

surface waves. The body waves travel inside the material as either P-waves<br />

or S-waves. P-waves are compressional waves and S-waves are shear waves.<br />

P-waves generally propagate at higher velocities than S-waves. 121<br />

Two special<br />

types <strong>of</strong> shear waves can occur: SH-waves and SV-waves. These two<br />

types <strong>of</strong> waves are polarized so that the wave propagations are respectively<br />

on a horizontal and a vertical plane. The surface waves, as their name indicates,<br />

travel along the surface <strong>of</strong> the material, hence they are in essence<br />

plane waves. Their propagation velocities are typically smaller than the<br />

velocity <strong>of</strong> S-waves 122<br />

and since they only spread out in two directions<br />

their amplitude attenuation is less than body waves. Rayleigh and Love<br />

waves are two special surface waves. Rayleigh waves are vertically polar-


26 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

ized (surface SV-waves) and Love waves are horizontally polarized (surface<br />

SH-waves). Both are dispersive and the amplitudes decreases exponentially<br />

with depth. Flexural waves, or Lamb waves, are a special class <strong>of</strong><br />

waves which occur in plates which are bounded by two surfaces, e.g. laminated<br />

composites. There are three fundamental classes <strong>of</strong> Lamb waves,<br />

analogous to the body waves: LP, LSH, and LSV. 123<br />

Two modes <strong>of</strong> Lamb<br />

waves are observed in thin plates: extensional (symmetric) and exural<br />

(antisymmetric) modes. The largest component <strong>of</strong> the extensional mode<br />

lies in the plane <strong>of</strong> the plate, while the largest exural mode component is<br />

out <strong>of</strong> the plane. 124<br />

The wave velocity in isotropic and homogeneous materials depends on<br />

the density and stiness <strong>of</strong> the material. Fiber-reinforced composites are<br />

anisotropic and inhomogeneous; hence, the wave velocity is anisotropic.<br />

Furthermore, the wave velocity is a function <strong>of</strong> frequency, 123<br />

i.e. high and<br />

low frequency waves will separate as they propagate. This separation is<br />

referred to as dispersion and results in an amplitude decrease. A parameter<br />

which describes the resistance <strong>of</strong> a material to transfer waves is the<br />

acoustic impedance. This parameter is analogous to electrical impedance.<br />

The acoustic impedance depends both on the wave type and the frequency.<br />

It is dened as the product <strong>of</strong> the material density with the velocity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

wave type. When the waves come across inhomogeneities such as defects,<br />

interfaces between the constituent materials <strong>of</strong> the composite, and the surface<br />

<strong>of</strong> the composite, they will reect and refract. The actual response<br />

depends on the acoustic impedance <strong>of</strong> the two adjacent materials and the<br />

angle <strong>of</strong> incidence between the wave and reecting boundary. Assuming<br />

that the wave's energy is conserved, the energy per unit area <strong>of</strong> the wave<br />

decreases as the surface area <strong>of</strong> the wave increases. Hence, the rate <strong>of</strong> decrease<br />

depends on how the wave propagates, e.g. as plane-, spherical- or<br />

cylindrical waves. The wave's energy, however, is not conserved. Due to<br />

internal friction, part <strong>of</strong> the energy is converted into heat. Consequently,<br />

when a stress wave nally arrives at the transducer its waveform parameters<br />

will have changed. For these reasons, the analysis and interpretation<br />

<strong>of</strong> AE signals is a complex subject.


3.1 Background 27<br />

3.1.2 Measurements<br />

AE waves generate small surface displacements which can be measured<br />

by using appropriate transducers which respond to surface displacements<br />

to the order <strong>of</strong> several picometers. Several types <strong>of</strong> transducers can be<br />

used for this: piezoelectric, capacitance, electromagnetic and optical. The<br />

last two are non-contact, but electromagnetic transducers are considerably<br />

less sensitive than piezoelectric transducers. Optical sensors, e.g. laser,<br />

are free <strong>of</strong> resonance and can be absolutely calibrated by measuring the<br />

correct amplitude <strong>of</strong> the AE. 125<br />

Piezoelectric transducers are the most popular and are either <strong>of</strong> a broadband<br />

or a resonance type. The transducers are made by using a special<br />

ceramic, usually Porous Lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT). Figure 3.1 shows<br />

a schematic view <strong>of</strong> a piezoelectric transducer and how an AE is converted<br />

into an electric representation. The vibration <strong>of</strong> the composite is transferred<br />

to the PZT inside the transducer through the wear plate. When the<br />

PZT element vibrates it generates an electric signal. The transducer's signal<br />

is, therefore, a 1D voltage-time representation <strong>of</strong> the 3D displacementtime<br />

wave that it senses.<br />

Figure 3.1 An illustration <strong>of</strong> a typical resonant AE transducer and how an AE<br />

is converted into an electric representation.<br />

Measurements using piezoelectric transducers are sensitive to how the<br />

vibration is transferred to them. The main factors that aect this are: the


28 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

surface <strong>of</strong> the composite, the transducer's pressure against the composite,<br />

and the coupling medium. 126<br />

The presence <strong>of</strong> a transducer aects the<br />

vibration <strong>of</strong> the composite; however, this is unavoidable when using contact<br />

transducers. The direction <strong>of</strong> the waves also aect the transducer's<br />

response. This is because AE transducers are nearly always designed to<br />

measure the components <strong>of</strong> the AE waves that are normal to the surface. 127<br />

Although the stress waves typically have components in the normal direction<br />

this directionality means that the response to identical waves arriving<br />

from dierent direction will not be the same.<br />

The selection <strong>of</strong> transducers is most <strong>of</strong>ten based on their frequency<br />

response curves, also known as calibration curves. These curves can be<br />

absolute or relative. The most typical calibration curves are relative displacement<br />

and pressure response curves. Relative curves are useful for<br />

comparison <strong>of</strong> transducers. The curves are generated by exciting transducers<br />

with continuous sine waves. The resulting response curves do not<br />

provide information about the response to signals arriving from dierent<br />

directions. The frequency response <strong>of</strong> a resonance transducer can vary<br />

by several decibels for dierent frequencies. This is demonstrated by the<br />

rugged response curves shown in Fig. 3.2.<br />

Figure 3.2 Two calibration curves for the same resonant AE transducer. The<br />

red curve is the result <strong>of</strong> a pressure calibration and the green is the result <strong>of</strong> a<br />

displacement calibration (reproduced with permission from Vallen GmbH).<br />

AE transducers behave like displacement sensors for very low frequencies,<br />

but with increasing frequency their response becomes much more like


3.1 Background 29<br />

that <strong>of</strong> velocity sensors, and for even higher frequencies the response approaches<br />

that <strong>of</strong> pressure transducers. 128<br />

For piezoelectric sensors the transition<br />

range from displacement to pressure response is from several kHz to<br />

a few MHz, i.e. the transition is not immediate. The transition depends<br />

on variety <strong>of</strong> factors, such as the coupling, the sensor's characteristics, the<br />

test specimen's properties, etc.<br />

At Vallen Systeme GmbH pressure and displacement curves are generated<br />

by connecting an exciter face to face with the corresponding transducer.<br />

129<br />

In both cases continuous sine waves are used for excitation. Pressure<br />

curves are generated by exciting the sensing area uniformly, but displacement<br />

curves are performed by using an exciter with small aperture<br />

size. The displacement calibration is an attempt to simulate line excitation<br />

<strong>of</strong> a travelling displacement wave. Figure 3.2 demonstrates the dierence<br />

between these two calibration methods. The red curve is the result <strong>of</strong> a<br />

pressure calibration and the green curve is the result <strong>of</strong> a displacement<br />

calibration. The resulting response curves are more relevant for continuous<br />

and long duration AE signals than for transient AE signals. Some<br />

authors have deconvolved the AE signal with the frequency response <strong>of</strong><br />

the transducers as an attempt to minimize the eect <strong>of</strong> the rugged frequency<br />

response <strong>of</strong> resonant transducers. The transducer's response<br />

86, 130<br />

to transient signals is, however, dierent from the response to continuous<br />

waves. Hence, the convolution may not work as intended or even make<br />

things worse.<br />

In order to determine the placement <strong>of</strong> sensors and calibration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

measuring equipment the method <strong>of</strong> breaking pencil leads on the surface <strong>of</strong><br />

the composite is <strong>of</strong>ten used. This method is also known as a Hsu-Nielsen<br />

source. For this procedure a mechanical pencil and Pentel 2H 0.3 mm<br />

lead is used. In a paper by Higo and Inaba 126<br />

it is reported that, when<br />

Dr. Hsu rst suggested this procedure in the year 1975, 0.5 mm lead<br />

was used. The reason for changing the diameter is because the properties<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lead have changed. Change in properties will result in dierent<br />

AE signal when they break. In order to produce a consistent AE signal<br />

a Teon guide collar is sometimes put on the tip <strong>of</strong> the pencil. Hsu-<br />

7, 12, 131133<br />

Nielsen source has also been used for generating AE in research.<br />

According to Prosser and colleagues 133<br />

pencil lead breaks can simulate<br />

impact damage and delamination AE. Other ways <strong>of</strong> articially generating<br />

AE signals include using pulse generators or spark guns. 134


30 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

3.1.3 AE Features<br />

Over the years many research projects have been conducted with the aim <strong>of</strong><br />

extracting useful information from AE signals. The extracted information<br />

is stored in n-dimensional data structures, known as features. A number<br />

<strong>of</strong> techniques can be used for studying AE features. These techniques<br />

include trending-, statistical- and classication techniques. Here, the AE<br />

feature extraction approaches, the corresponding features, and the rst<br />

interpretation steps are described. For this, the approaches are grouped<br />

into four types: activity-, hit-based-, frequency-, and waveform analysis.<br />

Classication approaches will be discussed later in this chapter.<br />

Activity analysis is the process <strong>of</strong> detecting trends and abrupt changes<br />

in AE features over time. Common features used in this analysis include<br />

135, 136<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> AE hits and the signal's energy. The features are<br />

extracted and compared regularly. Additional parameters are sometimes<br />

acquired at the same time and used for reference. Activity analysis is<br />

mainly represented graphically by plotting the features against time. The<br />

activity can be studied by plotting either the absolute feature values or<br />

their cumulative sum against time. 135<br />

Two ratios are <strong>of</strong>ten used when load is used as a reference parameter,<br />

namely the Felicity ratio and the Shelby ratio. The Felicity ratio is the ratio<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lowest load that generates a certain amount <strong>of</strong> AE activity, during<br />

loading, against the highest load in last cycle. 137<br />

The ratio was described<br />

by Dr. Timothy Fowler and has been used as an indicator <strong>of</strong> damage<br />

with mixed results. 137<br />

Instead <strong>of</strong> looking at the loading <strong>of</strong> a composite the<br />

Shelby ratio looks at the unloading. The Shelby ratio is therefore analogous<br />

to the Felicity ratio. The Shelby ratio is dened as the ratio <strong>of</strong> the lowest<br />

load that generates a certain amount <strong>of</strong> AE activity, during unloading,<br />

against the previous maximum load. 120<br />

If the level <strong>of</strong> AE activity isn't<br />

reached then the ratio is dened as 1.0. The Shelby ratio, described by<br />

Dr. Marvin A. Hamstad, is useful for detecting damage that generates AE<br />

from friction. This ratio hasn't been used much in the literature, but if an<br />

AE is generated from friction it is believed that it can provide important<br />

information about the condition <strong>of</strong> a composite. 89


3.1 Background 31<br />

Hit-based Analysis is the analysis <strong>of</strong> AE hits using a certain set <strong>of</strong><br />

features, or waveform parameters. AE hits are the portions <strong>of</strong> a measured<br />

AE waveform which satisfy a given detection criterion. The purpose <strong>of</strong> the<br />

detection criterion is to determine the presence <strong>of</strong> AE and discriminate it<br />

from background noise, or continuous AE. Because AE is mainly transient<br />

stress waves, the term AE hit is usually understood as an isolated and<br />

separated transient from the acquired waveform.<br />

There are many detection techniques which can be used for determining<br />

AE hits. A common technique used in real-time commercial parameterbased<br />

AE systems is to compare the AE signal against a certain threshold.<br />

The threshold is typically set on the positive side <strong>of</strong> the signal and held<br />

in a xed position, but it can also be oating. A hit is detected by comparing<br />

the AE signal against the threshold, and if the signal surpasses the<br />

threshold a hit is detected. Three parameters are commonly used with<br />

this detection technique: a hit denition time (HDT), the hit lockout time<br />

(HLT), and the peak denition time (PDT). A timing parameter is triggered<br />

every time the threshold is crossed. If the time which has elapsed<br />

since the timing parameter was last triggered equals the HDT parameter,<br />

then the hit has ended. The HLT parameter species the amount <strong>of</strong> time<br />

which must pass after a hit has been detected and before a new hit can be<br />

detected. The PDT parameter species the time allowed, after a hit has<br />

been detected, to determine the peak value.<br />

Conventional AE hit-based features include amplitude, duration, energy,<br />

number <strong>of</strong> peaks above certain threshold (ring-down count) and rise<br />

time. 136<br />

Figure 3.3 illustrates how these and other common hit based features<br />

are related.<br />

New features can be designed by processing existing ones. The processing<br />

includes, but is not limited to: adding, subtracting, multiplying, and<br />

dividing two or more features. New features can also be made by ltering<br />

and extracting statistical information from the features in the set, e.g.<br />

variance, skewness and kurtosis.<br />

Trend analysis <strong>of</strong> hit-based features is widely used. Sometimes trending<br />

is carried out by plotting the cumulative sum <strong>of</strong> the feature. In some applications<br />

trending can be sucient, e.g. when monitoring <strong>of</strong> the AE signal's<br />

power alone is <strong>of</strong> interest. In many cases, however, further analysis is required.<br />

In some cases more information about a feature can be gleaned by


32 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Figure 3.3<br />

Illustration <strong>of</strong> conventionally used AE hit-based features.<br />

studying its statistical parameters and its correlation with other features.<br />

The statistical distribution <strong>of</strong> a feature can be estimated from a histogram<br />

<strong>of</strong> its values. The shape <strong>of</strong> the histogram can provide useful information,<br />

e.g. the shape <strong>of</strong> the amplitude histogram can help to identify<br />

the damage mechanism which generates the AE. 135<br />

Correlation analysis<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten performed using cross-plots by plotting one feature as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> another. For this task, the following feature pairs are <strong>of</strong>ten used: AE<br />

counts vs. amplitude, AE counts vs. duration, and duration vs. amplitude.<br />

These plots can further help with the identication <strong>of</strong> the damage mechanism.<br />

Correlation analysis can also be performed in higher dimensions,<br />

but the correlation <strong>of</strong> four and more features may be dicult to visualise.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the advantages <strong>of</strong> using AE features is that they provide a huge<br />

data reduction compared with a full waveform acquisition, but there are<br />

several practical disadvantages. First, the fact that the same type <strong>of</strong> damage<br />

can emit AE signals with dierent amplitudes makes it dicult to<br />

set the threshold. Second, AE signals in composites suer from high attenuation,<br />

which means that signals close to the transducer are stronger<br />

and more likely to be detected than those generated further away. Third,<br />

the rugged frequency response <strong>of</strong> resonance AE transducers means that<br />

frequencies which are spaced only a few tens <strong>of</strong> kilohertz apart, will be


3.1 Background 33<br />

magnied dierently. The magnication can dier by several decibels. Finally,<br />

if only the AE features are stored then the analysis is limited to<br />

these features; it is impossible to study dierent results using other threshold<br />

settings.<br />

Frequency analysis involves the study <strong>of</strong> the frequencies contained in<br />

the AE signal and how they can be used to help identify dierent sources.<br />

Frequency analysis is most <strong>of</strong>ten conducted using the Fast Fourier Transform<br />

(FFT). Commonly used frequency features include frequency centroids,<br />

peak frequency, and the power in frequency bands (subbands). 136<br />

In order to perform an accurate interpretation <strong>of</strong> these spectral features<br />

one must take into account all the waveform shaping which the AE undergoes<br />

(see Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 and also the last paragraph). Consequently,<br />

dierent results will be obtained using dierent materials, geometries,<br />

transducers and setups. If one is only interested in detecting changes,<br />

then trending analysis <strong>of</strong> the features can be used. Trending analysis allows<br />

the detection <strong>of</strong> trends and abrupt changes without the need to interpret<br />

the value <strong>of</strong> the features accurately.<br />

AE signals are mainly transient stress waves, meaning that they are<br />

time-varying signals. AE signals can also be non-linear. Power spectrum<br />

analysis, for instance using FFT, only shows which frequencies exist in<br />

the signal and how they are distributed. This is because the FFT is not<br />

designed to analyze transient signals, but rather continuous signals. Timefrequency<br />

representations are methods designed to analyze time-varying<br />

signals. Among the methods that have been used for this task are the<br />

Short-Time Fourier Transform (STFT) and the Wavelet Transform (WT).<br />

These transforms are most commonly interpreted by visual inspection.<br />

The STFT is an enhanced version <strong>of</strong> the standard FFT. The idea behind<br />

the STFT is to divide the signal into portions where it is stationary. A<br />

window function is used to extract the portions from the original signal.<br />

The portions are then processed using FFT. Hence, the STFT is basically<br />

a FFT with a window function. The time-frequency localization obtained<br />

is from the location <strong>of</strong> the window functions. The frequency localization<br />

suers due to the limited size <strong>of</strong> the window. For a given window size, the<br />

STFT has a constant localization resolution at all times and frequencies.<br />

By increasing the window size, the frequency localization can be improved,<br />

but then the time localization gets worse, and vice versa. This problem


34 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

is related to the Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle, which can be applied<br />

to time-frequency localization <strong>of</strong> signals. Basically what it says is that we<br />

cannot know both the exact localization <strong>of</strong> time and frequency.<br />

In the recent years there has been increasing interest in using methods<br />

based on the Discrete Wavelet Transform for analyzing AE signals. The<br />

Discrete Wavelet Transform (DWT) was designed to improve the STFT,<br />

within the boundaries set by the Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle. Both<br />

these transforms are linear. Instead <strong>of</strong> using a xed window the DWT uses<br />

scaled windows. 138<br />

The DWT has a good time and poor frequency localization<br />

at high frequencies, and good frequency and poor time localization at<br />

low frequencies. The transform has at least two serious drawbacks. First,<br />

it is not time-invariant, which means that small shifts in the signal can generate<br />

completely dierent coecients. Second, due to its ability to detect<br />

sharp changes, the wavelet transform is sensitive to noise.<br />

Waveform analysis <strong>of</strong> AE signals is the study <strong>of</strong> fully digitized AE<br />

waveforms their shapes and modes <strong>of</strong> propagation. Full waveform acquisition<br />

and analysis <strong>of</strong> high frequency AE signals places a high demand on<br />

the computer memory, the data storage, and on the computing power. At<br />

the same time it oers nearly endless possibilities for signal manipulation<br />

and feature extraction. Furthermore, the digitized waveform can be reused<br />

to study the eects <strong>of</strong> dierent threshold settings and signal processing on<br />

hit-based features.<br />

By analyzing the full AE waveform more information about the damage<br />

mechanisms can be obtained than when using only hit-based features.<br />

Additional information about the damage mechanisms, and the material,<br />

can in some cases be obtained by studying Lamb waves, i.e. Lamb wave<br />

velocity can be related to the modulus <strong>of</strong> the material. 139<br />

The two propagation<br />

modes <strong>of</strong> Lamb waves are the lowest order symmetric (S 0 ) and the<br />

antisymmetric (A 0 ) Lamb modes. The two modes are also known as exural<br />

and extensional modes. These two modes have dierent properties,<br />

e.g. the exural mode components are sensitive to dispersion but extensional<br />

mode components are not. The analysis technique in which<br />

124, 140<br />

the properties <strong>of</strong> these modes are studied is known as modal AE.


3.1 Background 35<br />

3.1.4 AE Analysis<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> investigations into the behaviour <strong>of</strong> AE signals have revealed<br />

that the evolution <strong>of</strong> the cumulative AE count, during cyclic testing <strong>of</strong><br />

composites, can be divided into three stages: initial (I), gradual (II), and<br />

8, 9, 86, 141<br />

a nal (III) stage. These three stages are analogous to the three<br />

stages in the stiness degradation, depicted schematically in Fig. 2.4. Stage<br />

I is characterized by high AE activity which is associated with the formation<br />

<strong>of</strong> new damage mechanisms 86<br />

arbitrarily located throughout the material.<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the stage the activity decreases and becomes nearly<br />

87, 99<br />

constant. The AE activity during stage II is mainly due to friction 86<br />

and a<br />

constant rate <strong>of</strong> delamination. 8<br />

Occasional new damage will result in high<br />

AE activity bursts which will change the AE activity rate temporarily. 8<br />

During stage III the AE activity increases rapidly until failure.<br />

During the cyclic testing <strong>of</strong> composites AE is generated by both actual<br />

damage progression and cumulative damage, i.e. friction. AE from cumulative<br />

damage can be generated many times but AE from the formation<br />

<strong>of</strong> new damage occurs only once; hence, the majority <strong>of</strong> the emissions are<br />

related to cumulative damage. The values <strong>of</strong> AE features from cumulated<br />

8, 87<br />

damage usually fall in the same range as the ones from damage growth<br />

and it can be very dicult to distinguish between the two types. Because<br />

important AE events can get buried in the AE signals generated by friction<br />

6, 86<br />

and the rubbing <strong>of</strong> crack surfaces attempts have been made to lter out<br />

8, 87, 89<br />

AE events from these damage mechanisms. Several approaches have<br />

been used; for example, thresholding the AE features, coupling the AE<br />

to the load, 8 limiting the analysis to a part <strong>of</strong> the loading cycle, 87, 89 and<br />

conducting frequency analysis. 86<br />

Thresholding AE features can be dicult<br />

both due to attenuation and the fact that the same type <strong>of</strong> damage can<br />

produce AE with dierent amplitudes. 133<br />

As suggested and investigated<br />

by Dzenis, 87<br />

it is intuitive to assume that more AE from friction ought to<br />

be generated during unloading and more AE from new damage during the<br />

loading <strong>of</strong> a composite. Hence, by splitting the fatigue cycle into loading<br />

and unloading Dzenis determined that fatigue damage in unnotched laminate<br />

develops mainly during loading. Awerbuch and Ghaari concluded<br />

that frictional AE should not be eliminated as it may provide important<br />

information about the condition <strong>of</strong> a composite. 89<br />

They argued that damage<br />

detection could be made easier by using frictional AE, since damage


36 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

growth, i.e. a material change, produces AE only once, but the resulting<br />

rubbing <strong>of</strong> damage surfaces generates AE many times.<br />

Dierent and in some cases contradictory results have been published<br />

using amplitude features. According to Duesing, 11 Barré and Benzeggagh<br />

142 and Ativitavas et al. 143 ber breakage emits high AE amplitudes<br />

whereas Ono explains that high amplitudes are caused by rapid advances<br />

<strong>of</strong> delamination and carbon ber fracture is characterized by low amplitude<br />

signals. 144<br />

Godin et al. claimed that conventional AE feature analysis<br />

cannot be used to distinguish between dierent AE sources and suggested<br />

that more advanced methods, such as multivariate analysis and classiers,<br />

should be used. 145 Similar comments were made by Tsamtsakis et al.; 8<br />

they suggested that new parameters, such as force or displacement, should<br />

be added.<br />

Ativitavas et al. developed an amplitude ltering technique using a<br />

normalized load to lter out low amplitudes, and claimed that a reliable<br />

isolation <strong>of</strong> AE signals due to ber breakage was obtained. 143<br />

The intuitive<br />

reason behind this is that it requires more energy to break the bers than it<br />

does to damage the matrix, because the bers have higher Young's modulus<br />

and higher strength. Hence, high amplitude AE is generated when the<br />

bers break. This idea was veried by comparing the cumulative signal<br />

hits (with respect to the loads <strong>of</strong> the ltered signal) with cumulative signal<br />

strength and the cumulative number <strong>of</strong> ber breaks. The results showed<br />

strong correlation.<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> frequency analysis techniques have mostly been limited<br />

to classical approaches like the FFT. When used, the aim has been to<br />

determine frequency bands which can be related to certain damage mechanisms.<br />

The results presented by Bochse determined the frequency bands<br />

for three types <strong>of</strong> damage. 146<br />

Frequencies due to matrix cracks were found<br />

to reside in the 100 to 350 kHz band, and ber breakage was given the interval<br />

between 350 to 700 kHz. The sources were classied according to the<br />

criterion that 70% <strong>of</strong> the signal power had to lie within either frequency<br />

band. If not, the source was expected to be debonding. Similar results<br />

were presented in a paper by de Groot et al. in which the frequency spectrum<br />

between 50 to 600 kHz was analyzed. 49<br />

They determined that matrix<br />

cracks emit frequencies between 90 to 180 kHz, ber pull-out release frequencies<br />

between 180 to 240 kHz, debonding produces frequencies between<br />

240 to 310 kHz, and that bre breakage gives AE with frequencies above


3.1 Background 37<br />

300 kHz. Iwamoto et al. used both feature and frequency approaches in<br />

their study based on bridging ber failure in unidirectional <strong>CFRP</strong> composites.<br />

147<br />

They discovered that bridging ber failure generates a large amount<br />

<strong>of</strong> AE energy which lies in the 600 to 700 kHz frequency region. The results<br />

<strong>of</strong> power spectrum analysis research studies tend to agree with this. The<br />

exact location and size <strong>of</strong> the frequency intervals detected, however, dier<br />

slightly.<br />

Kamala et al. used Wavelet-based analysis <strong>of</strong> AE signals obtained during<br />

uniaxial fatigue loading <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> composites. 86<br />

By using the Wavelet<br />

transform they were able to analyze the AE signal at dierent levels. Their<br />

results showed that 95% <strong>of</strong> the AE signal is located at levels with central<br />

frequencies <strong>of</strong> 120, 250 and 310 kHz and that friction-related emissions<br />

have frequencies between 250 to 300 kHz.<br />

Hamstad et al. studied the application <strong>of</strong> WT in order to identify AE<br />

sources in an aluminum plate. 148<br />

The signals were articially generated<br />

using nite element code. The WT was calculated using a freeware wavelet<br />

s<strong>of</strong>tware tool, AGU-Vallen Wavelet. They studied the ratio <strong>of</strong> the WT<br />

coecients <strong>of</strong> extensional to exural Lamb wave modes. The results showed<br />

that, when the sources were located at the same depth, it was possible to<br />

use the ratios to distinguish dierent source types. When, however, the<br />

sources were located at dierent depths the discrimination between sources<br />

was worse.<br />

According to Surgeon and Wevers, 131<br />

plate wave theory makes it possible<br />

to study the eects <strong>of</strong> attenuation and dispersion theoretically. They<br />

also report that several advantages <strong>of</strong> using modal analysis have been identied<br />

in the literature, i.e. the method is better at detecting, distinguishing<br />

and locating AE sources. Prosser was able to eliminate noise by analyzing<br />

the waveform <strong>of</strong> dierent damages. 124<br />

He found that cracks create mainly<br />

extensional mode waves and both delamination and impacts create primarily<br />

exural mode waves. The AE noise he was dealing with was generated<br />

by grip damage and was mainly made <strong>of</strong> exural mode waves. By using this<br />

information, he was able to distinguish between noise and matrix cracks.<br />

The waveform <strong>of</strong> AE can also be used to get better localization <strong>of</strong> AE<br />

sources than when using conventional triangularization methods. Prosser<br />

located sources by matching similar phase points <strong>of</strong> the acquired AE waveforms.<br />

This resulted in extremely accurate source location. By<br />

124, 140<br />

using


38 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

waveform analysis <strong>of</strong> AE acquired using 4 sensors, Prosser was also able<br />

to see from his measurements that the cracks initiated at the edge <strong>of</strong> a<br />

composite specimen. 149<br />

Pattern recognition and classication have been applied to the features<br />

extracted from AE signals; however, pattern recognition for AE features<br />

has not been established as a reliable tool. The main reason is that the<br />

interpretation <strong>of</strong> AE data is not straightforward. In fact, it can be dicult<br />

even for an experienced AE specialist.<br />

Ebenezer et al. used time-frequency based methods for classifying timevarying<br />

transient AE using the Matching Pursuit decomposition (MPD)<br />

algorithm. 150<br />

This algorithm uses a dictionary which is formed using timeand<br />

frequency-shifted versions <strong>of</strong> selected signals. The signals selected<br />

represent each class which is to be detected. Several samples are used for<br />

each class. The results show that the MPD is well suited for AE signal<br />

classication. The main drawback is high computational complexity, but<br />

the authors proposed techniques to reduce it, such as using a pre-classier.<br />

Pon Varma et al. compared several methods <strong>of</strong> AE classication. 151<br />

These methods were: 2-D matched ltering using spectrogram and the reassigned<br />

spectrogram; the narrowband Ambiguity Function (AF), which is<br />

a 2D FFT <strong>of</strong> the Wigner distribution; the cross AF; and the matched pursuit.<br />

Their results on real data show that the matched pursuit performed<br />

best. Articial Neural Network (ANN) was studied by Bhat et al. by<br />

suppressing noise. 85<br />

The ANN was trained to learn dierent noise sources.<br />

The input features used were rise time, energy, ring-down counts and peak<br />

amplitude. The results showed 90-99% classication accuracy. Diculties<br />

in discriminating the noise from the AE signal due to overlapping characteristics<br />

was the main reason for not obtaining a higher level <strong>of</strong> accuracy.<br />

Classication <strong>of</strong> AE signals was also studied by Rippengill et al. 152<br />

They started with four features and reduced them to two by using Principal<br />

Component Analysis (PCA). Bursts were extracted by setting the<br />

threshold to six standard deviations from the mean. The authors mention<br />

that the component with least variance may in fact be the one that has the<br />

most discriminant power and the PCA method may erroneously discard it.<br />

The data was clearly separable using conventional AE features. For automatic<br />

classication, however, the authors used two statistical methods<br />

and an ANN. The statistical methods were Gaussian statistical methods,


3.2 AE Hit Determination 39<br />

whereby they used multidimensional Gaussian distribution as a discriminant<br />

function for quadratic discriminant analysis, and kernel density estimation<br />

(KDE). The ANN was a standard multi-layer perceptron (MLP)<br />

trained with backpropagation. Each class had an output, with a total <strong>of</strong><br />

three. The classication results were quite good, as was to be expected.<br />

Clustering <strong>of</strong> features has also been used. This provides a convenient<br />

way <strong>of</strong> detecting when changes in the AE signal occur. Clustering <strong>of</strong> Principal<br />

Components was studied by Kaveh et al. 153<br />

The authors <strong>of</strong> the study<br />

used PCA as a convenient way <strong>of</strong> summarizing the signicant statistical<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> a group <strong>of</strong> random signals in terms <strong>of</strong> an orthonormal<br />

basis set. They looked at the rst eigenvectors and their frequency distribution.<br />

Self-Organizing Maps (SOM) were studied for clustering, classication,<br />

and discrimination <strong>of</strong> transients. An alternative to PCA is the<br />

Hebbian algorithm. Yang and Dumont used Hebbian algorithm to extract<br />

features, from AE signal, which they used as input for ANN. 154<br />

The objective<br />

was to automatically classify the AE from ve dierent types <strong>of</strong><br />

wood. The classication accuracy obtained was 90% for both raw and<br />

compressed data; however, using the compressed data less training time<br />

and better generalization was achieved. Omkar et al. used fuzzy c-means<br />

clustering to classify AE from dierent sources. 134<br />

The data points had four<br />

input features: event duration, peak amplitude, rise time, and ring-down<br />

count. The AE came from four dierent sources (classes): Hsu-Nielsen<br />

source, spark gun, pulse generator and from noise. The classication accuracy<br />

<strong>of</strong> pencil and spark signals was above 93%, but for the noise and<br />

pulse source the accuracy was around 80%. The authors partly attributed<br />

this to overlapping between the classes.<br />

3.2 AE Hit Determination<br />

In complex systems, where high AE activity is observed it may become<br />

dicult to separate individual transients using a pure threshold-based approach.<br />

There can be several reasons for this, such as variable amplitude<br />

<strong>of</strong> the continuous AE within a loading cycle, and overlapping <strong>of</strong> transients,<br />

which can be simultaneously emitted from the many AE sources<br />

in the material. These transients have varying strength, duration, shape<br />

and frequency. Hence, as the complexity <strong>of</strong> the AE signal increases, more


40 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

advanced signal processing methods are required to detect and separate<br />

transients.<br />

In the remainder <strong>of</strong> this section the approach used in this study for<br />

locating and determining hits is described. This approach is designed to<br />

overcome the abovementioned limitations <strong>of</strong> pure threshold-based hit detection.<br />

Figure 3.4 shows a ow chart <strong>of</strong> the procedure. In the rst step,<br />

the acquired AE signal is processed in order to extract descriptive features<br />

for detection. The resulting signal is called a detection function, or novelty<br />

function, and can be in any suitable domain <strong>of</strong> interest, e.g. in both the<br />

time and the time-scale/time-frequency domains. For detecting and locating<br />

hits, the detection function is input to a peak-picking algorithm which<br />

automatically detects hits based on the trough-to-peak dierence <strong>of</strong> local<br />

troughs and peaks. In the nal step, the detected transients are compared<br />

against a threshold, both to locate the hits more accurately and to lter<br />

out weak hits, for instance those from background noise.<br />

Figure 3.4<br />

Flow chart <strong>of</strong> the AE hit determination procedure.<br />

3.2.1 Detection functions<br />

Assuming an acceptable signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), most transients can<br />

be detected in the time domain using the temporal characteristics <strong>of</strong> the


3.2 AE Hit Determination 41<br />

signal, i.e. the amplitude. Temporal amplitude increase is one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

key properties <strong>of</strong> transients and is, for example, used in threshold-based<br />

hit determination. The signal's instantaneous energy can also be used<br />

in a detection function. The energy can be calculated by squaring the<br />

amplitudes:<br />

E[i] = |x[i]| 2 ∆t (3.1)<br />

where x is the acquired AE signal and the use <strong>of</strong> square brackets serves<br />

as a reminder that the values are discrete. Because the sampling interval<br />

∆t is a constant it will not aect the peak-picking and can be omitted.<br />

In acoustics, the energy is commonly expressed in base-10 logarithm scale,<br />

known as the decibel (dB). The logarithm transformation changes the dynamic<br />

range <strong>of</strong> the signal by enhancing low values, while compressing high<br />

values. The logarithmically converted energy can be expressed by<br />

E log10 [i] = 10 log 10 |E[i]| = 10 log 10<br />

∣ ∣ x[i] 2∣ ∣ = 20 log10 |x[i]| . (3.2)<br />

Equation 3.2 shows that the transformed energy is a logarithmic transformation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the raw signal envelope multiplied by 20. Because hits will<br />

be determined by peak-picking the detection function, the multiplication<br />

can be omitted. Also, in order to ensure that the detection function is<br />

positive and remove the need to deal with numbers less than one, whose<br />

logarithms are negative, the rectied signal values are incremented by one.<br />

The resulting detection function is:<br />

DF [i] = 20 log 10 |1 + |x[i]|| (3.3)<br />

Because the detection function is based on the raw signal envelope, it<br />

may be too jagged to accurately perform peak-picking. Hence, in order to<br />

improve peak-picking the detection function can be ltered.<br />

Another property <strong>of</strong> transients is their broadband frequency response;<br />

hence, this property can be used to detect them. In the time-frequency domain<br />

the temporal energy <strong>of</strong> the signal can also be used to detect and isolate<br />

transients. For this purpose the short-time Fourier transform (STFT) can<br />

be used to generate the detection function. Figure 3.5 and Alg. 1 describe<br />

how the STFT-based detection function is computed.


42 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Figure 3.5<br />

Illustration <strong>of</strong> how the STFT-based detection function is generated.<br />

The computation procedure starts by dividing the AE signal into segments<br />

<strong>of</strong> k samples. The segments overlap by d samples. For each segment,<br />

the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) is computed using k samples, i.e. no<br />

zero padding is used. Then the results are converted into the decibel scale<br />

by applying a logarithm (base 10) to the complex modulus (magnitude) <strong>of</strong><br />

the DFT coecients. The coecients for each segment are then summed<br />

up. Each coecient is multiplied by 20. The multiplication can be omitted<br />

because it only scales the detection function, i.e. the peak-picking results<br />

will be the same with adjusted parameters.<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> elements in the detection function, DF, is equal to<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> segments. For this reason, the elements are mapped to<br />

the corresponding data points in the AE signal; the mapping is stored in<br />

a vector MAP. The time resolution is controlled by the length <strong>of</strong> the<br />

segments. The additional information found from overlapping is obtained<br />

by interpolation.<br />

Given the reduction in the time resolution and the computational cost<br />

involved, the STFT-based detection function does not compare well against<br />

the previous detection function, which was in the time domain.


3.2 AE Hit Determination 43<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Algorithm 1: STFT-based detection function<br />

Data: signal, k, d<br />

Result: DF, MAP<br />

Segments ← signal divided into k sample segments with d sample overlap;<br />

MAP ← map the segments to corresponding data points in the signal;<br />

for i=1 to number_<strong>of</strong>_segments do<br />

DFT ← Calculate Discrete Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> segment i;<br />

DF [i] ← sum (20log 10 (|DFT |));<br />

end<br />

3.2.2 Peak-Picking and Hit Determination<br />

In order to locate hits from the detection function a peak-picking procedure<br />

is used. This procedure is illustrated in Fig. 3.6. The small troughs and<br />

peaks in the detection function are incrementally removed until it contains<br />

only troughs and peaks which have trough-to-peak dierence above the<br />

trough-to-peak threshold, T tp . The hits are then found from the remaining<br />

troughs in the detection function. This procedure can be split into two<br />

algorithms: Alg. 2 and Alg. 3. Algorithm 2 is used for locating troughs<br />

and peaks in an input signal. The algorithm starts by creating an empty<br />

vector, Locs, <strong>of</strong> the same length as the input signal. This vector will be the<br />

output <strong>of</strong> the algorithm and contains the locations <strong>of</strong> all detected troughs<br />

and peaks. The derivative, or slope, <strong>of</strong> the input signal is used to determine<br />

troughs and peaks. The slope is computed by subtracting a time-shifted<br />

version <strong>of</strong> the input signal from itself. Peaks are detected by rst nding all<br />

samples which have zero or positive slope. If the next sample in time has<br />

negative slope then a peak is detected. The procedure for nding troughs<br />

is similar; in this case all samples with zero or negative slope are found<br />

rst and if the next sample in time has positive slope a trough has been<br />

detected. The end points are treated separately. In both cases, the rst<br />

thing to check is whether a peak, or a trough, has been determined at the<br />

ends. If not, then a trough is determined if a peak is closest to the end,<br />

and vice versa.<br />

Algorithm 3 is used to remove troughs and peaks which have trough-topeak<br />

dierence below a specied threshold, T tp . They are removed incre-


44 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Figure 3.6<br />

Illustration <strong>of</strong> the incremental peak picking procedure.<br />

mentally by increasing the threshold, a, from 1 to T tp in steps. The larger<br />

the increments, the larger the hit location error may be. Smaller increments,<br />

however, increase the computational cost. After each removal step,<br />

Alg. 2 is used to re-evaluate the troughs and peaks from the remaining<br />

list. The re-evaluated list is then used for the next step. The hit locations<br />

determined by the peak-picking procedure are the trough locations in the<br />

nal list.<br />

After the hits have been located they are compared against a determination<br />

threshold, T AE . This threshold is the same as that used in thresholdbased<br />

hit detection. Here this threshold is used to lter out weak hits, i.e.<br />

only hits which exceed the threshold are determined as hits. The threshold<br />

is also used to extract threshold-based features.


3.2 AE Hit Determination 45<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

Algorithm 2: Trough- and Peak-Picking Algorithm<br />

Data: signal<br />

Result: Locs<br />

Locs ← zero vector <strong>of</strong> the same size as signal;<br />

peaks:<br />

tmp_indices1 ← indices <strong>of</strong> all samples with positive slope (and 0);<br />

tmp_indices2 ← indices <strong>of</strong> samples in tmp_indices1 for which the<br />

adjacent samples with indices tmp_indices1 +1 have negative slope;<br />

Locs [tmp_indices1 [tmp_indices2 ]+1] ← (+1);<br />

valleys:<br />

tmp_indices1 ← indices <strong>of</strong> all samples with negative slope (and 0);<br />

tmp_indices2 ← indices <strong>of</strong> samples in tmp_indices1 for which the<br />

adjacent samples with indices tmp_indices1 +1 have positive slope;<br />

Locs [tmp_indices1 [tmp_indices2 ]+1] ← (-1);<br />

end points:<br />

nz_indices ← nd the indices <strong>of</strong> non zero entries in Locs;<br />

if abs (nz_indices [rst entry]) ≠ 1 then<br />

Locs [1] ← (−1)×nz_indices [1]<br />

end<br />

if abs (nz_indices [last entry]) ≠ length <strong>of</strong> signal then<br />

Locs [1] ← (−1)×nz_indices [last entry]<br />

end<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Algorithm 3: Trough- and Peak-Removal Algorithm<br />

Data: Locs, signal, T tp<br />

Result: NewLocs<br />

for a=1 to T tp do<br />

Remove trough/peak entries in Locs which have trough-to-peak<br />

dierence below a;<br />

Locs_tmp ← Algorithm 2 (signal [Locs ]));<br />

Locs ← map the entries in Locs_tmp to entries in signal;<br />

end<br />

NewLocs ← Locs;


46 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

3.2.3 Hit Determination Approach Illustrated<br />

Continuous parameter-based AE systems commonly use a pure thresholdbased<br />

hit detection with a xed or a oating threshold. However, in some<br />

situations neither may be appropriate. When the xed threshold is set, it<br />

is tuned to the AE signal, i.e. the noise level, at the start <strong>of</strong> monitoring. As<br />

the component under monitoring degrades and the signal level increases,<br />

the threshold may not be used to detect individual transients. That is,<br />

the threshold-based approach may not be able to separate transients if the<br />

signal does not fall below the threshold for a sucient period <strong>of</strong> time. In<br />

some situations a oating threshold can be used to overcome this problem;<br />

however, a oating threshold may not be appropriate if the signal level<br />

varies. This is because it can be dicult to set the appropriate response<br />

time <strong>of</strong> the oating threshold; if it is set too fast it can be aected by<br />

strong transients.<br />

An approach for hit determination has been introduced in this section.<br />

This approach is designed to handle the abovementioned limitations <strong>of</strong><br />

the threshold-based hit determination approaches. In order to accomplish<br />

this, hits are rst detected by peak-picking a detection function and then<br />

compared against a threshold in order to both lter out weak hits and<br />

to extract hit-based AE features. The threshold comparison is optional.<br />

Hence, the approach is able to detect and separate transients even though<br />

the signal does not fall below the threshold. The separation is accomplished<br />

by splitting the transients at the point <strong>of</strong> lowest amplitude between them.<br />

Figure 3.7 illustrates this.<br />

The detection functions can be created in the time domain as well as in<br />

the time-scale/time-frequency domains. In some instances transients are<br />

only separable in the time-scale/time-frequency domains, where wavelets<br />

and Cohen's class <strong>of</strong> time frequency representation (TFR) are used respectively.<br />

Both approaches have been shown to provide a good representation<br />

<strong>of</strong> signals, and for this reason they have been receiving increasing attention<br />

in the recent years. The successful detection <strong>of</strong> transients, using either<br />

wavelets or Cohen's class <strong>of</strong> TFR depends strongly on the wavelet function<br />

and the distribution function respectively.<br />

The resolution <strong>of</strong> the approach presented here can be ne-tuned by adjusting<br />

the threshold, T tp , used to lter out small local troughs and peaks<br />

in the detection function. If a high resolution is required, namely to detect


3.2 AE Hit Determination 47<br />

Figure 3.7 Illustration <strong>of</strong> how the hit determination approach presented here<br />

is able to detect and separate overlapping transients which the threshold-based<br />

procedure cannot.<br />

pulsations in the signal, then the time domain is the appropriate choice.<br />

This is due to the inherent trade-o between the time and frequency resolution<br />

<strong>of</strong> the time-scale-/time-frequency-based approaches. The transformation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the detection functions into the decibel scale is useful when the<br />

transducer cannot be placed at the location <strong>of</strong> damage and the AE signal<br />

suers from high attenuation. Furthermore, the transformation produces a<br />

detection function which makes it possible to use one setting for automatic<br />

hit determination <strong>of</strong> both strong and weak hits.<br />

The following numerical example may be used to demonstrate the hit<br />

determination approach. It shows the ability <strong>of</strong> the approach to work with<br />

and detect transients, which have amplitudes that dier in magnitudes,<br />

using the same settings.<br />

Figures 3.8 3.9 illustrate automatic hit detection results which can<br />

be obtained using the Fourier transform-based detection function. The<br />

detection function is computed using 128 sample window and 120 sample<br />

overlap. All processing <strong>of</strong> the signal is performed on the amplied signal<br />

as obtained from the A/D converter; no corrections are made due to the<br />

amplications made by the preamplier and the transducer. The signal<br />

depicted in Fig. 3.8a consists <strong>of</strong> weak, intermediate and strong AE tran-


48 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

sients. The duration <strong>of</strong> each type is 5 microseconds and they are arranged<br />

in order <strong>of</strong> increasing amplitude. The weak transients are low-amplitude<br />

transients, all with amplitudes equal to, or less than, 85 mV; the intermediate<br />

transients are at most 650 mV, and the strong AE transients are<br />

roughly ten times stronger, or up to 6.2 V.<br />

Figure 3.8b shows the rst 5 microseconds <strong>of</strong> the signal in Fig. 3.8a in<br />

more detail. The resulting detection function, depicted on a scale to t in<br />

the gure, is shown above the AE signal. The weak transients are located<br />

in this part <strong>of</strong> the signal. In addition, the location <strong>of</strong> the troughs and peaks,<br />

as determined by Alg. 2, are shown respectively by triangles pointing down<br />

and up. The threshold for the trough/peak determination, T tp , is 304 dB<br />

V-s. The parts <strong>of</strong> Fig. 3.8a which correspond to the intermediate and the<br />

strong transients are shown in Fig. 3.9a and Fig. 3.9b respectively. The<br />

strong transients have been s<strong>of</strong>t-clipped by the preamplier.<br />

(a)An AE signal and the corresponding<br />

detection function.<br />

(b)The rst 5 microseconds <strong>of</strong> the AE<br />

signal are shown in the left gure.<br />

This segment contains the<br />

weak transients.<br />

Figure 3.8 The left gure shows an AE signal which consists <strong>of</strong> weak (0-5 ms),<br />

intermediate (5-10 ms) and strong transients (10-15 ms). Above the AE signal<br />

is the STFT-based detection function. The right gure shows the weak transients<br />

in more detail, the detection function, and the detected troughs and peaks.


3.2 AE Hit Determination 49<br />

(a)The segment <strong>of</strong> the AE signal in<br />

Fig. 3.8a which contains intermediate<br />

transients (510 ms).<br />

(b)The segment <strong>of</strong> the AE signal in<br />

Fig. 3.8a which contains strong<br />

transients (1015 ms).<br />

Figure 3.9<br />

Fig. 3.8a.<br />

The intermediate and strong transients <strong>of</strong> the signal shown in


50 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

3.3 Features<br />

This section presents two features which can be used for condition monitoring.<br />

The rst feature is based on a fundamental concept in Information<br />

Theory the entropy. The entropy can be used to estimate the randomness<br />

in a signal. The reason for estimating the randomness is based on the<br />

assumption that measurement noise can be kept constant during monitoring.<br />

Consequently, an increase in the randomness <strong>of</strong> an AE signal will be<br />

due to increased AE activity, either from cumulated damage or damage<br />

growth. The entropy-based feature can therefore be used to monitor the<br />

AE activity. The second feature is based on the spacing between hits. Hit<br />

and ring-down counts have been used extensively for interpreting AE data.<br />

Both are pulsations in the signal, but on dierent time scales. Given the<br />

success that has been achieved using these two features, the time between<br />

the pulses may provide valuable additional information.<br />

In addition, a methodology for coding AE features into a vector and<br />

searching for patterns in the coded representation is also put forward. By<br />

monitoring the evolution <strong>of</strong> hit patterns and detecting changes, it may be<br />

possible to detect the inception <strong>of</strong> critical damage mechanisms before the<br />

onset <strong>of</strong> catastrophic failure.<br />

3.3.1 Entropy<br />

Information entropy was introduced by C. E. Shannon in 1948. 155<br />

In his paper<br />

Shannon developed a method <strong>of</strong> measuring the randomness <strong>of</strong> a signal,<br />

or its uncertainty. The randomness is information encoded in the signal<br />

and the entropy increases with more information. Shannon recognized that<br />

the form <strong>of</strong> the measure was the same as the entropy in statistical mechanics<br />

and, for this reason he also called his measure 'entropy'. Shannon's<br />

formula for the entropy is<br />

H SHANNON (X) = − ∑ λ<br />

P r(x = λ) log(P R(x = λ)). (3.4)<br />

The signal's values are denoted by x and are considered to be discrete<br />

random variables. The possible signal values are denoted by λ, and P r(x =<br />

λ) is the probability mass function (PMF) <strong>of</strong> X. Consequently, the entropy


3.3 Features 51<br />

is a function <strong>of</strong> the signal's probability mass function, but not the values<br />

themselves. Without any constraints, the maximum entropy is attained<br />

when all values are equally probable, i.e. when the signal is white noise.<br />

The entropy is the minimum weighted average number <strong>of</strong> units, per value,<br />

required to encode the signal. The unit <strong>of</strong> measurement depends on the<br />

choice <strong>of</strong> the logarithm base, i.e. by choosing 2, 10, or e as the base the<br />

units will be bits, hartleys, or nats respectively. The base can be changed<br />

by using the law <strong>of</strong> logarithm, i.e.<br />

log a (X) = log a (b) log b (X). (3.5)<br />

In practice, computing the entropy can be challenging because the underlying<br />

distribution is <strong>of</strong>ten unknown, for instance the AE signal measured<br />

during cyclic testing <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong>. Consequently, the entropy needs to be estimated.<br />

This can be done by estimating the probability mass function using<br />

statistical methods or by estimating the entropy directly using data compression.<br />

A normalized histogram <strong>of</strong> the random variable can be used<br />

156, 157<br />

to estimate the probability mass function. By using a histogram to estimate<br />

probabilities, the entropy is estimated with respect to a model which<br />

assumes that the frequencies <strong>of</strong> the signal's values are constant within the<br />

signal segment. The histogram can be normalized to sum to one by<br />

n i =<br />

m i<br />

∑ k<br />

i=1 m i<br />

for i = 1, . . . , k (3.6)<br />

where k is the number <strong>of</strong> bins and m i is the number <strong>of</strong> observed signal<br />

values that fall in bin i. The normalized values <strong>of</strong> the histograms represent<br />

the proportion, or probability, <strong>of</strong> the corresponding signal's values. In<br />

the frequency domain, the frequency can be considered to be the random<br />

variable and the normalized spectrum to be the probability mass function.<br />

The spectrum is normalized by<br />

x i =<br />

X i<br />

∑ N<br />

i=1 X i<br />

for i = 1, . . . , N (3.7)<br />

where X i is the magnitude <strong>of</strong> the i th frequency component <strong>of</strong> the spectrum,<br />

e.g. the amplitude if an amplitude spectrum is used. Based on this<br />

probability mass function, entropy can be computed using Shannon's formula.<br />

By considering the spectral amplitude to be the random variable, a


52 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

dierent entropy can also be dened and computed using Shannon's formula;<br />

the probability mass function <strong>of</strong> the amplitude intensities can be<br />

estimated using a histogram. When the probabilities are based on discrete<br />

Fourier transform, or histograms, the entropy is estimated with respect to<br />

a static model. These two entropies will be referred to as the frequency<br />

entropy and the spectrum entropy respectively.<br />

The Shannon entropy is properly dened as the minimum entropy over<br />

all possible models, i.e. it is an entropy computed using Shannon's formula<br />

and the correct probability mass function. In other words, it is the theoretical<br />

upper limit on lossless data compression that can be achieved for a<br />

156, 157<br />

given signal. Consequently, the entropy can be used to evaluate compression<br />

algorithms to determine whether there is room for improvement.<br />

Conversely, compression algorithms can be used to estimate the entropy <strong>of</strong><br />

data. The compressed data can be written to a le and the le size then<br />

converted from bytes to nats using:<br />

H COMP RESSION = 8 log e(2)File_Size<br />

length_<strong>of</strong>_signal . (3.8)<br />

Where File_Size, the size <strong>of</strong> the compressed le in bytes, is multiplied<br />

by 8 to convert to bits. Equation 3.5 is used to change from bits (base 2<br />

logarithm) to nats (base e logarithm). The results are then averaged over<br />

all values (samples) by dividing the results with length_<strong>of</strong>_signal. If<br />

the header <strong>of</strong> the compressed le is included in the le, then the entropy<br />

estimate will be higher. If the AE signal length is kept constant then the<br />

error due to the header will be approximately same for all computations.<br />

Among the best lossless compression approaches are those based on<br />

a scheme known as prediction by partial matching (PPM). The PPM<br />

compression scheme is divided into two steps: modelling, from which the<br />

scheme takes its name, and coding. Arithmetic coding is used to code the<br />

output <strong>of</strong> the modeller. Arithmetic coding is a highly eective technique<br />

which can code data close to its entropy with respect to the model. 157<br />

The<br />

PPM modeller works with the data in a symbol-wise manner and its output<br />

is a set <strong>of</strong> conditional probabilities for the symbols. The probabilities<br />

<strong>of</strong> the symbols are estimated adaptively and used to predict the next unseen<br />

symbol. For predicting the modeller uses nite context models <strong>of</strong> k<br />

symbols which immediately precede the one to be predicted. The number<br />

k is also referred to as the model order and is specied by the user before


3.3 Features 53<br />

the data compression is initiated. During the modelling for each symbol,<br />

the modeller begins by looking up how many times the current context<br />

<strong>of</strong> length l c = k has occurred before. If the context has been observed<br />

before, followed by the symbol, the symbol can be coded using a probability<br />

<strong>of</strong> n c /n, where n c is equal to the number <strong>of</strong> times the context has<br />

been observed followed by the symbol and n is the number <strong>of</strong> times the<br />

context has been observed. If the context hasn't been encountered before,<br />

or it has only been followed by dierent symbols, an escape character is<br />

passed to the modeller. When the modeller receives the escape character it<br />

switches to a context that is one symbol shorter, i.e. to a context <strong>of</strong> length<br />

l c = k − 1. Again, if the current context hasn't been observed before, or<br />

has only been followed by dierent symbols, another escape character is<br />

passed to the modeller and it starts to look for contexts which are one symbol<br />

shorter. This can be repeated until the context length becomes l c = −1<br />

symbols. When this occurs, all symbols from the alphabet are considered<br />

equally probable. Equiprobability is undesirable since it does not provide<br />

an accurate model; however, it poses no problem for accurate coding. The<br />

arithmetic coder is able to proceed even though the model is inaccurate;<br />

however, a higher number <strong>of</strong> bits may be required to encode the data.<br />

Intuitively, better compression is achieved with more accurate modelling.<br />

Fortunately, the context <strong>of</strong> l c = −1 symbols is only considered at most<br />

once for each symbol, and as the modelling proceeds the data statistics<br />

improve and lower values <strong>of</strong> l c become less and less frequent. Every time<br />

an escape character is sent (i.e. whenever the modeller is unable to code a<br />

symbol) the probability <strong>of</strong> observing a novel symbol, when presented with<br />

the current context, is updated. By assigning a probability to the escape<br />

character the modelling can be improved. For a detailed description <strong>of</strong><br />

the PPM scheme and examples, the reader is referred to Text Compression<br />

156<br />

and Managing Gigabytes: Compressing and Indexing Documents<br />

and Images. 157<br />

Dierent variants <strong>of</strong> the PPM compression scheme have been introduced<br />

in order to improve the PPM compression and to speed up calculations.<br />

One variant suggested by Howard 158 is referred to as method D,<br />

or PPMD, and estimates the conditional probability <strong>of</strong> observing a particular<br />

symbol given a specic context to be (2n c − 1)/(2n), where n c is<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> times which the modeller has seen the symbol being preceded<br />

by the context and n is the total number <strong>of</strong> symbols preceded by


54 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

the current context. The escape probabilities are estimated by n u /(2n),<br />

where n u is the number <strong>of</strong> unique symbols preceded by the current context<br />

and n has the same meaning as before. Another variant was introduced<br />

by Dmitry Shkarin in Improving the Eciency <strong>of</strong> the PPM Algorithm 159<br />

(in Russian) under the name PPM with information inheritance, or PP-<br />

MII. Shkarin presented the PPMII a year later in English. 160<br />

The PPMI<br />

uses an additional model in order to get better estimation <strong>of</strong> the escape<br />

probabilities. In order to overcome the lack <strong>of</strong> statistical information when<br />

estimating the escape probabilities <strong>of</strong> long contexts, the PPMII allows the<br />

longer contexts to inherit statistics from shorter contexts. The inheritance<br />

reduces the computational cost compared with other approaches to this<br />

problem. 160 Starting with a code from Nelson, 161 Shkarin implemented his<br />

improvements, and several other variations, and made them available in<br />

the public domain under the name PPM by Dmitry (PPMd).<br />

3.3.2 Hit Patterns<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the fundamental elements <strong>of</strong> music is rhythm. Rhythm can be<br />

determined by the relation between note accents (attack) and the rests between<br />

notes. 162<br />

The term can be used to refer to either a repetitive pulse,<br />

or a beat, which is repeated throughout the music or a temporal pattern<br />

<strong>of</strong> pulses. The modelling and the interpretation <strong>of</strong> temporal patterns are<br />

<strong>of</strong> interest to people working in dierent disciplines. In the eld <strong>of</strong> music<br />

information retrieval rhythm-based features have been extracted from audio<br />

and used to classify music styles, 163<br />

e.g. blues, disco, polka, etc. In the<br />

eld <strong>of</strong> computational neuroscience, patterns in spike trains are studied in<br />

order to understand the "language <strong>of</strong> the brain". 164<br />

For this reason, it is<br />

<strong>of</strong> interest to investigate whether patterns exist in AE signals.<br />

The rst step in working with temporal patterns is to determine the<br />

pulses. The detection <strong>of</strong> pulses usually begins with the processing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

signal in order to make the detection more accurate. The resulting signal is<br />

called a detection function. An example <strong>of</strong> a detection function is one made<br />

using a model called a rhythm track. 165<br />

The rhythm-track model is based<br />

on the assumption that the audio can be considered to be a random signal<br />

and the signal's energy increases signicantly when a pulse occurs. The<br />

resulting rhythm track, which can be created using the hit determination<br />

approaches introduced in Sect. 3.2, contains the locations <strong>of</strong> all the pulses.


3.3 Features 55<br />

An intuitive rhythm track is a vector, <strong>of</strong> the same length as the signal,<br />

containing ones where the pulses start and zeros elsewhere. The placement<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ones can also be based on any <strong>of</strong> the pulse's properties, for instance,<br />

the peak values.<br />

Interpreting patterns in the rhythm-track is a non-trivial task. This is<br />

because similar patterns can be generated dierently. For example, closely<br />

spaced transients can be attributed to factors such as rapid AE release,<br />

reections, and simultaneous emissions from multiple sources. In Extracting<br />

Information from Conventional AE Features for Fatigue onset Damage<br />

Initiation in Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong> 166<br />

AE features were successfully<br />

fused and processed to improve classication results. These results provided<br />

an impetus to investigate the fusion <strong>of</strong> AE features further. As a<br />

result, a methodology for fusing AE features, and for nding and locating<br />

patterns within the fused data representation, has been elaborated. This<br />

methodology can be used to fuse and code AE hit-based features with information<br />

from the rhythm track, i.e. the inter-spike intervals (ISI). Other<br />

intervals can also be used, such as trough-to-peak intervals. The additional<br />

information provided by the waveform-based features comes at higher computational<br />

cost, but may help to distinguish and interpret rhythm track<br />

patterns which are generated dierently, or at dierent locations.<br />

The fused and coded features are collected in a vector, called a coding<br />

vector, where each hit is represented by a subvector. The length <strong>of</strong> the<br />

subvector depends on both the number and type <strong>of</strong> features used, and is<br />

the same for all hits. In order to limit the number <strong>of</strong> patterns in the coding<br />

vector the features are rst processed and then quantized to a relatively<br />

small set <strong>of</strong> integers. The quantization suggested here is rst to transform<br />

the processed features logarithmically (log 10 ), then shift, scale, and round<br />

the results so that they are represented by integers ranging from 1 to<br />

N F EAT URE , where N F EAT URE is an integer number chosen by the user.<br />

The scaling operation requires the user to know the extreme values <strong>of</strong><br />

the features. If the extreme values can only be approximated then the<br />

coded elements will be occasionally out <strong>of</strong> the range. In order to solve<br />

this, hard limits can be used, i.e. if the values go out <strong>of</strong> range then they<br />

will be set to the allowable maximum. However, the limits do not have<br />

to be critical; if the coded elements are allowed to exceed the limit then<br />

relatively few new patterns will be added. Henceforth, the processing and<br />

quantization will be referred to as coding. The coding <strong>of</strong> each element


56 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

depends on the corresponding feature. The quantization reduces the memory<br />

and computational cost, which can become prohibitive if continuous<br />

feature values are used.<br />

Figure 3.10 illustrates how the coding vector is generated when two<br />

element subvectors are used. The elements <strong>of</strong> the subvectors, shown in the<br />

gure, are the coded maximum amplitude <strong>of</strong> the hit and the coded interspike<br />

interval (ISI) between the peaks <strong>of</strong> the current hit and the previous<br />

hit. The coding <strong>of</strong> the ISI is made by rst logarithmically transforming<br />

(log 10 ) the time between the peak amplitudes <strong>of</strong> successive hits, measured<br />

in milliseconds. The results are then quantized so that each ISI is represented<br />

by integer values ranging from 1 to N ISI . The coding <strong>of</strong> the peak<br />

amplitudes is performed in a similar way. The amplitudes are logarithmically<br />

transformed (log 10 ) and quantized to integer values between 1 and<br />

N AMP .<br />

Figure 3.10 The generation <strong>of</strong> the coding vector illustrated using two element<br />

subvectors for each hit. The two elements are coded maximum amplitude and<br />

coded ISI respectively.<br />

The procedure for searching for hit patterns in the coding vector is<br />

illustrated in Fig. 3.11. The length <strong>of</strong> each hit pattern, L, must be an<br />

integer multiple <strong>of</strong> the subvector length. The locations where a pattern,


3.4 AE Source Tracking 57<br />

H P , is observed are stored in an observations vector, O P , where P =<br />

1, . . . , N P and N P is the number <strong>of</strong> hit patterns. Each observation vector<br />

is <strong>of</strong> same length as the original AE signal and initially contains only zeros.<br />

The locations where a pattern, H P , is observed within the AE signal are<br />

indicated by ones in the corresponding observation vector. The ones are<br />

placed where the patterns start.<br />

Figure 3.11<br />

The procedure for nding hit patterns in the coded representation.<br />

3.4 AE Source Tracking<br />

This section describes a methodology for simultaneous tracking <strong>of</strong> multiple<br />

AE sources. The methodology is designed to be used for monitoring<br />

objects subjected to repetitive loading conditions. By using the images<br />

generated by the methodology, one can identify and locate interesting AE<br />

signals for further study, or for tracking, which otherwise would be dicult<br />

to accomplish due to the overwhelming number <strong>of</strong> sources with similar<br />

characteristics.<br />

An intuitive approach to condition monitoring using AE signals is to<br />

keep track <strong>of</strong> one or more waveform parameters, which characterize the<br />

AE from the source <strong>of</strong> interest. Each parameter, however, will follow a<br />

probability distribution, which changes when the source (damage) changes.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the parameter uctuations and the high rate <strong>of</strong> AE with similar


58 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

parameter values, waveform parameters alone are not sucient for distinguishing<br />

between sources. Additional indication is therefore needed. For<br />

an example, if an AE source always emits an AE at the same load level,<br />

then the load level <strong>of</strong> AE occurrence is sucient to distinguish between<br />

the sources. However, when a source evolves, e.g. a growing delamination<br />

crack, the load level <strong>of</strong> AE occurrence changes.<br />

Figure 3.12<br />

Schematic overview <strong>of</strong> the proposed experimental methodology.<br />

Figure 3.12 shows a schematic overview <strong>of</strong> the proposed methodology.<br />

The rst step <strong>of</strong> the approach is to split the AE signal into segments <strong>of</strong><br />

length equal to the period <strong>of</strong> one cycle. Care must be taken to ensure that<br />

the segments all start at the same phase <strong>of</strong> the cycle. A reference signal,<br />

such as displacement or load, can be measured simultaneously and used<br />

for segmenting. In the next step, each segment, s, is bandpass ltered into<br />

N subbands. The decomposition <strong>of</strong> the AE signal into subbands helps to<br />

detect band-limited sources which might otherwise go undetected. The<br />

user selects the type <strong>of</strong> ltering, the number <strong>of</strong> subbands (N) and the<br />

individual subband bandwidths. Figure 3.13 illustrates these two steps.<br />

A lter bank representation <strong>of</strong> the discrete wavelet transform (DWT)<br />

oers a convenient method for decomposing the AE signal into subbands.<br />

In the lter bank, the conventional discrete wavelet decomposition, at each


3.4 AE Source Tracking 59<br />

The AE signal is segmented and each segment is split into N sub-<br />

Figure 3.13<br />

bands.<br />

level, is computed by ltering the input signal with low and high pass lters,<br />

producing two sequences, and keeping only their even numbered coef-<br />

cients. All subsequences <strong>of</strong> the original signal are called wavelet packets,<br />

and together they form a wavelet packet tree. Figure 3.14 shows a conventional<br />

DWT tree and full tree corresponding to J = 4 level decomposition.<br />

Each packet retains the necessary information in order to reconstruct<br />

the signal in the corresponding subband. This means that packets from<br />

dierent levels can be used to fully reconstruct the original signal if, together,<br />

they span the full bandwidth. This is illustrated in the left image<br />

in Fig. 3.14.<br />

Alternatively, the signal can be split into subbands using a technique<br />

known as phaseless ltering. 167<br />

Phaseless ltering is used on the AE signal<br />

in order to avoid phase delay. The ltering is made phaseless by ltering<br />

twice. After the rst ltering, the signal is reversed, ltered and reversed<br />

once again.<br />

In the third step <strong>of</strong> the methodology, a feature vector is generated from<br />

each subband segment. Each feature vector is generated in two stages. In<br />

the rst stage, the AE feature <strong>of</strong> interest is extracted from the segment.


60 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Figure 3.14 The left image shows a wavelet packet tree corresponding to conventional<br />

DWT and the packet numbers. The right image shows a full 4 level<br />

wavelet packet tree and the packet numbers.<br />

Both the positions within the segment and the feature values are logged.<br />

In the second stage, the segment is partitioned into K intervals and the<br />

features extracted within each interval are processed. The user selects<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> intervals, K. The results from the processing are output<br />

in a feature vector (K × 1). Depending on the processing in the second<br />

stage, the rst stage can in some cases be omitted, e.g. when the energy<br />

in each interval or the maximum amplitude is computed. Figure 3.15<br />

illustrates this procedure by showing how a a feature vector is generated<br />

when the maximum amplitude in each interval is used. Each subband<br />

segment is rst rectied and partitioned into K intervals and then the<br />

maximum amplitude within the interval is found, i.e. a piecewise constant<br />

envelope is generated. The envelope is then down-sampled by a factor L/K,<br />

where L is the length <strong>of</strong> the subband segment. The resulting feature vector<br />

contains one sample from each interval <strong>of</strong> the envelope. The amplitude-<br />

ltering and down-sampling process extracts the amplitude <strong>of</strong> the strongest<br />

transient in each interval. Hence, the tracking capability is limited by this<br />

ltering. However, the ltering is performed in all the subbands, which<br />

consequently improves the tracking ability because the AE energy from


3.4 AE Source Tracking 61<br />

dierent sources <strong>of</strong>ten resides in dierent subbands. Down-sampling also<br />

helps keep the data manageable since the number <strong>of</strong> samples acquired<br />

during one fatigue cycle is high.<br />

Figure 3.15 For each subband segment, the new feature vector is computed by<br />

rst rectifying the signal, then computing a piecewise constant envelope, and<br />

nally down-sampling the envelope.<br />

In the fourth step, each new feature vector is appended to previous<br />

vectors from the same subband and an intensity image is generated. Figure<br />

3.16 illustrates this procedure. Intensity images are a convenient way<br />

to visualize the range <strong>of</strong> data, i.e. the higher the amplitude, the brighter<br />

the image pixels. A bright pixel in an intensity image shows the location<br />

<strong>of</strong> an AE source with a high feature value. The horizontal location shows<br />

the location relatively to the phase <strong>of</strong> the reference signal. The vertical location<br />

shows the corresponding segment. AE sources which emit AE with<br />

a high feature value in each cycle generate paths in the image. Random<br />

AE sources, however, do not. The paths can be used both to monitor the<br />

sources and to isolate the signal for further analysis. In the fth and the<br />

nal step, image processing is performed in order to enhance the images<br />

and to make the paths more prominent.


62 Chapter 3. <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

Figure 3.16 For each subband, new feature vectors are appended to previous<br />

vectors and an intensity image is generated.<br />

3.5 Summary<br />

This chapter introduced acoustic emissions and provided a background to<br />

their use in this thesis. <strong>Acoustic</strong> emissions are generated by microstructural<br />

changes in materials; hence, by measuring the AE signals damages can be<br />

detected and monitored before they become serious. Furthermore, the<br />

information extracted from AE has the potential to be used to predict the<br />

service life <strong>of</strong> a composite or, alternatively, to detect an imminent failure.<br />

Hence, the usability <strong>of</strong> the composite may be extended.<br />

However, AE signals from composites subjected to multiaxial loading<br />

can be dicult to interpret. This is because multiple simultaneous emissions<br />

with varying amplitude, duration and frequency can be generated in<br />

each cycle. These emissions will reect, disperse and attenuate during the<br />

propagation. Hence, interpretation <strong>of</strong> the AE signal is non-trivial.<br />

In order to address the problem <strong>of</strong> working with and interpreting such<br />

AE signals, this chapter introduced an AE hit determination approach,<br />

three AE features and a method for nding and locating patterns which<br />

appear in the AE signal. Furthermore, a methodology was presented for


3.5 Summary 63<br />

quantifying and visualizing AE behaviour in order to identify, locate and<br />

track evolving AE sources. The next chapter provides a description <strong>of</strong> the<br />

test specimens, the instrumentation and the experimental setup designed<br />

to obtain AE data for studying the methods and features presented in this<br />

chapter.


This page intentionally left blank.


"Door meten tot weten"<br />

[Through measurement to knowledge]<br />

Heike Kamerlingh Onnes<br />

4 Experiments<br />

This chapter presents the experimental setup designed in order to acquire<br />

the data used in this work. The data is acquired while fatigue testing 75<br />

nominally identical samples <strong>of</strong> a prosthetic foot. The prosthetic foot is<br />

introduced in the rst section. The second section presents the test machine,<br />

the mounting <strong>of</strong> the prosthetic foot and the failure criterion used for<br />

stopping the fatigue tests. The third section provides a description <strong>of</strong> the<br />

equipment used for the data acquisition and the settings used. Also presented<br />

in the third section are the data acquisition problems and solutions<br />

which occurred during the implementation <strong>of</strong> the experimental procedure.<br />

4.1 The Prosthetic Foot<br />

The Vari-Flex consists <strong>of</strong> three <strong>CFRP</strong> composite components: a dual part<br />

heel and split-toe foot. In addition, a shock-absorbing crepe is glued under<br />

the forefoot. The foot assembly is illustrated in Fig. 4.1. All components<br />

are curved with both varying thickness and width. Figure 4.1a depicts<br />

the varying thickness and Fig. 4.1b shows how the toe is split. A male<br />

pyramid is bolted to the top <strong>of</strong> the foot component. The pyramid provides<br />

a convenient way <strong>of</strong> fastening feet to endoskeletal pylon components and<br />

the test machine.<br />

The layer orientation and sequence are similar for all the components.<br />

The four outermost layers, on each side, are woven carbon/epoxy prepregs


66 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

(a)A side view <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex. The diagram<br />

shows the varying thicknesses <strong>of</strong> the components.<br />

(b)An isometric view <strong>of</strong> the Vari-<br />

Flex.<br />

Figure 4.1 The assembled Vari-Flex. The Vari-Flex is made up <strong>of</strong> two heel parts<br />

and one toe part.<br />

(Newport 301 3K), laid at 45 ◦ . Between the outer layers unidirectional<br />

carbon/epoxy prepreg tapes (Newport 301 34700) are laid at 0 ◦ . The<br />

number <strong>of</strong> the unidirectional tapes diers between components and their<br />

lengths are varied in order to obtain varying stiness, resulting in a tapered<br />

thickness. Around the holes extra unidirectional carbon/epoxy prepreg<br />

tapes are laid at 90 ◦ for added strength.<br />

The components are manufactured using an open mould technique. Figure<br />

4.2a shows the mould used for the lay-up <strong>of</strong> the toe components. The<br />

woven prepregs are hand-laid, but the unidirectional tapes are laid by an<br />

automatic tape-laying machine. The machine rolls the laminate in order to<br />

consolidate it and remove air pockets. The lay-up is then vacuum-bagged<br />

and cured in an autoclave. Each layout produces a panel out <strong>of</strong> which<br />

the parts are cut. Eight toe components are cut out <strong>of</strong> each panel. Figure<br />

4.2b shows the resulting panel after the toe components have been cut<br />

out. A 5-axis CNC water cutter is used for water cutting the components<br />

out <strong>of</strong> the resulting panel. The CNC machine is also used to make bolt<br />

holes. The cut edges are ground in order to remove streaks. The streaks<br />

are removed for several reasons, including aesthetics, preventing injuries<br />

from the sharp edges, and because they can have detrimental eect on the<br />

fatigue performance.


4.1 The Prosthetic Foot 67<br />

(a)The mould used for the lay-up <strong>of</strong> the<br />

toe components.<br />

(b)A panel after the components have<br />

been cut out.<br />

Figure 4.2 A mould for the toe components and the resulting panel after the<br />

components have been cut out.<br />

After the components have been postprocessed they are visually inspected<br />

and assigned to a stiness category. Although components cut out<br />

from the same panel have the same laminate structure, there are a number<br />

<strong>of</strong> factors which cause stiness variations between the components. By<br />

assigning components to dierent stiness categories, they can be better<br />

matched to the weight, activity level, and personal preferences <strong>of</strong> amputees.<br />

The stiness category is determined by the load, F L , required to bend<br />

the components by a certain distance in a quasi-static bending test, e.g.<br />

47.3 mm for the split-toe foot. The following formula is used to calculate<br />

the stiness category <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot:<br />

Cat = 6.7 ln(F L ) − 42.3 (4.1)<br />

One decimal's precision is used: the whole number is used to indicate<br />

the category and the decimal for the subcategory.<br />

A total number <strong>of</strong> 75 Vari-Flex feet are tested. These feet are all <strong>of</strong> same<br />

size, size 26, and from the same stiness category, Cat 5.x. Fifty-six feet are<br />

taken from production and seven defective feet were specially made. The<br />

defects in these feet components are introduced by not heating the prepreg<br />

tapes suciently during lay-up. This results in loss <strong>of</strong> adhesiveness and<br />

air entrapment. The remaining 12 feet are taken from scrap. These feet<br />

do not pass visual inspection due to minor surface defects, i.e. porosity in


68 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

the woven plies.<br />

4.2 Test Setup & Procedure<br />

The fatigue tests are performed in an ISO 10328 Foot/Limb test machine<br />

at Össur's testing facilities. The machine is run under PID closed loop<br />

control. The machine and the s<strong>of</strong>tware used to control the tests are from<br />

Bose Corporation. In the test, a foot is placed in the test machine where<br />

two actuators are used to ex the foot using 90 ◦ phased sinusoidal loading.<br />

One actuator loads the forefoot and the other loads the heel. Figure 4.3<br />

shows the displacement and the loading on both the forefoot and heel<br />

during one fatigue cycle.<br />

The actuators and the pylon to which the foot is attached can be adjusted<br />

vertically on the test machine. Consequently, the measured position<br />

values can vary between tests. Figure 4.3 shows a schematic representation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the experimental setup. The actuator that exes the forefoot is rotated<br />

20 ◦ from the vertical; the other actuator that exes the heel is rotated −15 ◦<br />

from the vertical. The foot is rotated 7 ◦ out <strong>of</strong> the vertical plane dened<br />

by the movement <strong>of</strong> the actuators.<br />

Figure 4.3 Schematic representation <strong>of</strong> the experimental setup for both the AE<br />

and the position measurements.<br />

The cyclic fatigue tests at Össur are performed according to ISO 10328<br />

specications. The maximum loading is based on the stiness category <strong>of</strong>


4.2 Test Setup & Procedure 69<br />

the toe unit and the minimum loading is set to 50 N. In order to pass a<br />

test a foot is required to withstand 2.000.000 cycles at 1 3 Hz and then a<br />

residual strength test. Hence, the time to complete one successful test can<br />

be up to 23 days.<br />

For this study, accelerated tests are used. The tests are accelerated by<br />

increasing the maximum loading by 50% and placing a 2 ◦ plastic wedge<br />

between the heel and the toe components. Figure 4.4 shows the maximum<br />

load as a function <strong>of</strong> stiness category and the Vari-Flex with a wedge.<br />

The wedge is used by amputees in order to stien the foot. The increased<br />

load and the use <strong>of</strong> the wedge result in considerably shorter fatigue tests.<br />

(a)The maximum load amplitude as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> stiness category.<br />

(b)The Vari-Flex with a wedge<br />

between the toe and the heel<br />

units.<br />

Figure 4.4 Shows both the maximum loading as a function <strong>of</strong> stiness category<br />

and the Vari-Flex with a wedge.<br />

During one test, both the minimum and maximum loads are constant,<br />

with allowable variation <strong>of</strong> ±2%. The operating frequency is 1.0 Hz. It<br />

takes the test machine, after a test has started, approximately 1000 2000<br />

cycles to reach the specied maximum and minimum load values. After<br />

this run-in period, the limits <strong>of</strong> the failure criterion are dened. The failure<br />

criterion is a heuristic criterion used in-house at Össur. It denes a failure<br />

when a 10% change in the displacement <strong>of</strong> either actuator, with respect to<br />

initial value, is observed. All fatigue tests are run until the failure criterion<br />

is met.<br />

Because the foot exes when loaded, the location <strong>of</strong> the contact point<br />

between an actuator and the foot changes. Hence, the displacement used


70 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

in the criterion is not <strong>of</strong> a xed point on the foot, but <strong>of</strong> the contact point.<br />

Figure 4.5 shows the shape <strong>of</strong> the foot at the two extreme loading conditions,<br />

in each fatigue cycle, and how the contact points <strong>of</strong> the actuators<br />

change.<br />

(a)The Vari-ex with the forefoot loaded.<br />

(b)The Vari-ex with the heel loaded.<br />

Figure 4.5 The shape <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex at the two extreme loading conditions in<br />

each fatigue cycle, i.e. forefoot loaded (left) and heel loaded (right). The images<br />

are made by tracing video frames <strong>of</strong> a foot in a test.<br />

4.3 Data Acquisition<br />

In this section, the equipment used for the data acquisition during fatigue<br />

testing <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex will be discussed. Table 4.1 lists the equipment<br />

along with the settings used.<br />

The VS375-M AE transducer and the AEP3 preamplier from Vallen<br />

Systeme GmbH are used to obtain the AE. Figure 4.6 shows the frequency<br />

response <strong>of</strong> the transducer. The rugged response curve in the gure shows<br />

that the frequency response can vary by several decibels for dierent frequencies.<br />

The transducer is located in the area between the two bolts which are<br />

used to fasten the foot to the pyramid. This is the only accessible part <strong>of</strong><br />

the foot which has a at surface; however, it bends slightly and returns in


4.3 Data Acquisition 71<br />

Table 4.1 The measurement equipment used for acquiring AE and the position<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator during fatigue testing.<br />

AE acquisition<br />

VS375-M An AE transducer with resonance at 375 kHz<br />

AEP3 Preamplier,<br />

49 dB gain<br />

110 kHz high pass lter (54 dB/octave)<br />

630 kHz low pass lter (30 dB/octave)<br />

DCPL1 Decoupling box<br />

PS3003 Linearly regulated laboratory power supply<br />

29.9 VDC<br />

PCI-6250 16 bit A/D converter<br />

1250 kHz sampling rate on one channel<br />

Position measurements<br />

L-Gage Q50A Infrared displacement sensor<br />

Fast response mode used<br />

PCI-6024E 12 bit A/D converter<br />

500 kHz sampling rate on one channel<br />

each fatigue cycle. Figure 4.7 demonstrates this. Consequently, the contact<br />

area changes from full face to line contact, which aects the frequency<br />

response characteristics <strong>of</strong> the transducer. In order to maintain full face<br />

contact, a special shim was machined for fastening the foot, see Fig. 4.8b.<br />

The presence <strong>of</strong> the shim aects the surface AE waves, but maintaining<br />

full face contact and preventing possible frictional AE is considered more<br />

important. The electrical insulation provided by the ceramic wear plate <strong>of</strong><br />

the transducer is not sucient because the shim can touch the aluminium<br />

case and, by doing so, creating an earth loop noise. For this reason, the<br />

case is insulated by wrapping it with an electrical insulation tape. The insulation<br />

tape also prevents earth loop noise associated with the ne carbon<br />

bre dust which comes from grinding the <strong>CFRP</strong> components. Although<br />

the grinding is performed in a special room, the dust nds its way around<br />

the facilities and causes conductivity problems in electrical equipment, e.g.<br />

bridging the electrical isolation <strong>of</strong> the transducers.<br />

The transducer is held by a plastic c-clamp and a heavy duty high


72 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

Figure 4.6<br />

The frequency response <strong>of</strong> the VS375-M transducer.<br />

(a)The transducer has a full face contact<br />

when the forefoot is unloaded.<br />

(b)The contact area bends slightly<br />

when the forefoot is loaded, resulting<br />

in a line contact.<br />

Schematic illustration <strong>of</strong> the bending <strong>of</strong> the transducer's contact sur-<br />

Figure 4.7<br />

face.


4.3 Data Acquisition 73<br />

(a)The shim used to ensure full face<br />

contact with the transducer.<br />

(b)The AE transducer in place, with<br />

electrical insulation tape wrapped<br />

around the housing.<br />

Figure 4.8<br />

The shim (left) and the isolated AE transducer (right).<br />

vacuum silicon grease from Wacker Chemie GmbH is used as coupling<br />

medium. The c-clamp is shown in Fig. 4.9a. Prior to each measurement<br />

the coupling is veried by a Hsu-Nielsen method and the noise activity is<br />

checked. This is necessary due to electrical disturbances which can come<br />

from machinery at the testing facilities, such as the ventilation system.<br />

The primary purpose <strong>of</strong> using the plastic wedge is to prevent sticking <strong>of</strong><br />

the surfaces, <strong>of</strong> the split-toe and the heel. When pressed up against each<br />

other the surfaces stick and when separated a loud audible sound, and a<br />

strong AE signal, is generated. 168<br />

Figure 4.9b shows the resulting damage<br />

after one fatigue test. The wedge eliminates this problem.<br />

The gain <strong>of</strong> the preamplier is set to 49 dB. The preamplier is equipped<br />

with a 9th order 110 kHz high pass lter (54 dB/octave) and a 5th order<br />

630 kHz low pass lter (30 dB/octave). Both lters have near-Butterworth<br />

characteristics. The power to the preamplier is provided via a BNC coaxial<br />

cable from a DCPL1 decoupling box, made by Vallen Systeme GmbH.<br />

The decoupling box has protection diodes to prevent damage in case <strong>of</strong> a<br />

reverse connection. These diodes cause a voltage drop <strong>of</strong> about 1.2 Volts.<br />

For this reason an input voltage between 29 VDC and 30 VDC to the<br />

decoupling box is recommended. 169<br />

Furthermore, a linear regulated power<br />

supply is also recommended as switching power supplies may add unwanted<br />

noise. Hence, 29.9 VDC is provided using Velleman PS3003 a linearly


74 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

(a)The c-clamp used to hold the transducer<br />

during fatigue testing.<br />

(b)The supercial damage on the heel<br />

components due to sticking, after<br />

one fatigue test.<br />

Figure 4.9 The c-clamp used to hold the transducer during the fatigue testing<br />

(left) and the resulting supercial damage due to sticking <strong>of</strong> the split-toe component<br />

and the heel.<br />

regulated laboratory power supply. According to the specications, the<br />

output <strong>of</strong> the preamplier is 10 Volt peak-to-peak, or 5 Vp. If the AE signal<br />

input to the amplier is too strong, the preamplier starts to saturate,<br />

becomes nonlinear, and the output will be s<strong>of</strong>t-clipped. The s<strong>of</strong>t-clipping<br />

starts at about 10,5 11 Vpp and at 15 Vpp, or 7,5 Vp, the output will be<br />

hard-clipped. The gain settings <strong>of</strong> the preamplier are based on 28 VDC<br />

supply. The actual amplication, however, depends on the input voltage<br />

to the AEP3 preamplier. With less than 28 V the saturation point is<br />

earlier and the gain goes down slightly. The coaxial cable which provides<br />

power to the preamplier is also used for transferring the AE signal from<br />

the preamplier to the decoupling box. The decoupling box decouples the<br />

AE signal from the DC power. The decoupled analog AE signal is then<br />

fed to a PCI-6250 16 bit Analog/Digital (A/D) converter, from National<br />

Instruments Corp., for full waveform digitization.<br />

Due to the geometry and structure <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex, the forefoot's actuator<br />

always meets the 10% displacement criterion before the heel's actuator.<br />

For this reason, only the position <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator is measured.<br />

A L-Gage Q50A infra-red displacement sensor from Banner Engineering<br />

Corp. is used to measure the position <strong>of</strong> the actuator. The sensor is shown<br />

in the lower left corner <strong>of</strong> Fig. 4.3. Figure 4.10 shows the resolution <strong>of</strong> the


L-GAGE<br />

4.3 Data Acquisition 75<br />

Using the<br />

5<br />

4<br />

Response Speed<br />

To control the re<br />

follows:<br />

Resolution (mm)<br />

Fast Speed (4<br />

Slow Speed (<br />

Window Limits<br />

Window limits m<br />

(using the gray w<br />

button.<br />

The Q50A senso<br />

programming) m<br />

Figure 4.10 The NOTE: resolution Resolution is independent <strong>of</strong> the L-Gage <strong>of</strong> color (90% Q50A Kodak sensor. White Card Ato 6% fast Black) response speed NOTE: is All LED in<br />

used. The gure is taken from a specications sheet provided by the manufacturer. changes s<br />

Figure 3. L-GAGE Q50A resolution<br />

sensor. The response<br />

Q50A (infrared<br />

speed <strong>of</strong>models) the sensor<br />

range<br />

is set<br />

50 -<br />

to<br />

200<br />

fast<br />

mmresponse, or 4Indicator ms; Status<br />

Q50AV (visible models) range is 50 - 150 mm<br />

hence, the accuracy <strong>of</strong> the sensor is ±0.4 mm and ±2.0 mm at the minimum<br />

and maximum positions <strong>of</strong> the actuator respectively. The analogue Range LED<br />

Indicator<br />

signal from the displacement sensor is digitally converted by a PCI-6024E (green/red)<br />

12 bit A/D converter (manufactured by National Instruments Corp.).<br />

9<br />

The position <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator and the AE signal are measured<br />

Teach/Output<br />

simultaneously 8 at 500 Hz and 1.25 MHz sampling rates respectively. S<strong>of</strong>tware,<br />

developed 7 in LabView is used to acquire the data automatically, (yellow/red) for<br />

LED<br />

2.2 seconds every 5 minutes. After the data acquisition, the data is trimmed<br />

6<br />

so that it represents exactly one fatigue cycle, starting at the lowest position<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator. The data is also high-pass ltered in order<br />

5<br />

6% Reflectance Black Card<br />

TEACH-Mod<br />

4<br />

to remove DC and other low frequency disturbances. Phaseless ltering,<br />

Push-Button Pro<br />

mentioned in 3 Sect. 3.4, is used in order to avoid phase delay. A fth-order 1. Press the Teac<br />

elliptic lter2<br />

with 1 dB passband ripple and corner frequency <strong>of</strong> 80 kHz<br />

18% Reflectance Kodak Grey Card<br />

(hold is button i<br />

used. The stopband 1 attenuation is set to 30 dB at 50 kHz. No corrections sensor is wait<br />

are made to the signal due to the amplication made by the preamplier<br />

0<br />

and the transducer. 50<br />

100<br />

150 200 2. Position the ta<br />

Distance (mm)<br />

green, indicat<br />

NOTES:<br />

Color sensitivity is independent <strong>of</strong> response time<br />

button. This w<br />

Q50A (infrared models) span is 50-200 mm<br />

LED will flash<br />

Q50AV (visible models) span is 50-150 mm<br />

window limit;<br />

Color Sensitivity (mm)<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

50<br />

Fast Response Slow Response (90%<br />

Reflectance Kodak White<br />

Card to 6% Reflectance<br />

Black Card)<br />

100<br />

Distance (mm)<br />

150 200<br />

Figure 4. L-GAGE Q50A color sensitivity (This represents the<br />

expected change in output when the target color is<br />

changed from a 90% reflectance Kodak White Card to a<br />

3. Position the ta<br />

push button a<br />

Teach LED wil


76 Chapter 4. Experiments<br />

4.4 Summary<br />

This chapter presented an accelerated fatigue testing procedure which was<br />

designed for testing 75 nominally identical samples <strong>of</strong> a prosthetic foot<br />

(also introduced) and for simultaneously acquiring both AE and position<br />

data. In order to shorten the test time a higher loading amplitude and<br />

a wedge was used. Frequently the damage mechanics change depending<br />

on the stress level, however, preparatory tests showed that the damage<br />

mechanisms leading to nal failure were the same as observed under normal<br />

fatigue testing conditions.<br />

The AE and the actuator's position data acquired during the accelerated<br />

fatigue testing will be studied in the next chapter using the techniques<br />

presented in Chapter 3.


"Information is a source <strong>of</strong> learning. But<br />

unless it is organized, processed, and available<br />

to the right people in a format for<br />

decision-making, it is a burden, not a bene-<br />

t."<br />

William Pollard<br />

5 Results<br />

This chapter presents the results from the analysis <strong>of</strong> the acquired experimental<br />

data. It starts with a general description <strong>of</strong> the observed fatigue<br />

behaviour during the fatigue testing <strong>of</strong> the 75 Vari-ex feet studied in this<br />

thesis. In Sect. 5.2 a static nite element analysis <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex, under<br />

the two extreme loading conditions, is presented. Section 5.2 also contains<br />

a brief study and discussion <strong>of</strong> the position measurements, stiness<br />

evolution and the load-displacement relationship.<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the study presented in Sect. 5.3 is to investigate whether<br />

the probability distribution <strong>of</strong> an AE feature can be used to provide early<br />

warning signs <strong>of</strong> imminent failure. This work was presented in An AE<br />

Feature for Issuing Early Failure Warning <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to Cyclic<br />

Fatigue. 17<br />

Because the approach is based on estimating probabilities, it<br />

will not be able to issue warnings for all feet. For this reason, an AE-based<br />

failure criterion can be used simultaneously to prevent failures from passing<br />

undetected. Section 5.4 provides the results <strong>of</strong> a study conducted in order<br />

to determine whether an AE-based failure criterion can be designed to be<br />

equivalent to the 10% displacement failure criterion used in this work. The<br />

study was presented in <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>-Based Fatigue Failure Criterion<br />

for <strong>CFRP</strong>. 14


78 Chapter 5. Results<br />

The chapter ends with a case study in which the fatigue evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

one Vari-ex foot is analysed based on the experimental data. The case<br />

study approach is selected because it allows for an in-depth analysis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

experimental data and at the same time oers the opportunity to investigate<br />

whether, and then how, the results obtained using the methodology<br />

presented in Sect. 3.4 can be used to facilitate early damage diagnosis and<br />

failure. The results <strong>of</strong> the case study have been partially presented in<br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual AE Sources in Cyclically loaded<br />

16, 20<br />

FRP <strong>Composites</strong>, On Using AE Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong> Cyclically<br />

Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong> and AE Entropy for Condition <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong><br />

15, 18<br />

Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue. 19<br />

5.1 Fatigue Behaviour <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex foot<br />

The cyclic endurance <strong>of</strong> the feet, as dened by the 10% displacement criterion,<br />

is depicted in Fig. 5.1. Superimposed is a Weibull distribution which<br />

follows a two-parameter Weibull distribution with a = 68.08 (shape) and<br />

b = 1.65 (scale). The parameters were obtained using the maximum likelihood<br />

estimate function MLE in Matlab. The 95% condence interval for<br />

the shape is (58.90 78.70), and (1.40 1.93) for the scale.<br />

Visual inspection during fatigue testing showed that the failure <strong>of</strong> all<br />

feet began as interlaminar cracking, rst in one half <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot and<br />

then later in the other half. In all cases, the side which rst failed was the<br />

one which was exed more. In other words, because the feet were rotated<br />

7 ◦ out <strong>of</strong> the plane dened by the actuators, the two halves <strong>of</strong> the split-toe<br />

foot were loaded unequally. Two types <strong>of</strong> nal failure modes were observed.<br />

One was delamination caused by cracks which propagated through the<br />

composite. In some cases the delamination extended to one or both ends<br />

<strong>of</strong> the toe-unit. The other failure mode was local buckling delamination,<br />

or interlaminar cracks. The buckling delamination occurred because <strong>of</strong> the<br />

propagating delamination cracks, which weakened the composite. Some<br />

feet had a combination <strong>of</strong> both failure modes, i.e. one mode in each half<br />

<strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. Figure 5.2 is a composite image showing the side <strong>of</strong><br />

ve split-toe feet after failure. The feet were painted grey and statically<br />

loaded in order to make the damages more salient. Feet numbered 1, 2 and<br />

3 (from left) show buckling failure, and feet 4 and 5 delamination.


5.1 Fatigue Behaviour <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex foot 79<br />

Figure 5.1 The fatigue life distribution <strong>of</strong> the feet according to the 10% displacement<br />

criterion. A two-parameter Weibull distribution t is superimposed.<br />

Splinters, or tear outs, were commonly observed on the side <strong>of</strong> the<br />

split-toe foot. These splinters were located in the area from mid-foot to<br />

the ankle. The reason for the formation <strong>of</strong> splinters is the varying width<br />

<strong>of</strong> the split-toe feet. The ends <strong>of</strong> the cut unidirectional bres in the widest<br />

section <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot are only held together by the matrix, which<br />

eventually fails due to repeated compression and tension loading. Three<br />

types <strong>of</strong> splinters were identied and classied based on their length (L)<br />

and thickness (T): a) small splinters (L ≈ 40 mm, T ≈ 1 mm) which<br />

formed early in the tests, b) medium splinters (L ≈ 80 mm, T ≈ 2 mm),<br />

and c)large splinters (L ≈ 120 mm, T ≈ 5 mm). The length was measured<br />

from the visible root to the tip and the thickness was estimated at the root.<br />

The cross-section <strong>of</strong> the large splinters had a right-triangular shape with<br />

one leg dened by the vertical side <strong>of</strong> the foot. The other leg is dened by<br />

the interlaminar region between the woven layers at the lower side and the<br />

unidirectional layers; the two legs <strong>of</strong> the triangle are parallel to the surface.<br />

Figure 5.3a) shows where the cut bres are located. If a splinter is


80 Chapter 5. Results<br />

Figure 5.2 The side <strong>of</strong> ve split-toe feet components after failure. The components<br />

are statically loaded.<br />

located at the lower half <strong>of</strong> the foot component, i.e. below the center<br />

line, the splinter pushes out when the second half <strong>of</strong> the heel's loading<br />

starts (750 1000 ms) and snaps back in when the loading <strong>of</strong> the forefoot<br />

starts (0 250 ms), <strong>of</strong>ten producing an audible sound. Similar behaviour<br />

was observed for splinters located above the center line, except that the<br />

splinter pushes out when the forefoot is nearly fully loaded (250 500 ms)<br />

and snaps back in when then unloading starts (500 750 ms).<br />

Counting from either side in Fig. 5.2, feet number 1, 3 and 5 have<br />

splinters which are slightly pushed out due to the loading. The splinter<br />

on the leftmost foot was made more noticeable by placing a piece <strong>of</strong> paper<br />

between the split-toe foot and the splinter.<br />

Quasi-static failure tests were also carried out on few split-toe feet,<br />

both by pushing and pulling the forefoot. These feet failed suddenly and<br />

completely. The failure mode was bre breakage located at the mounting.<br />

Figure 5.3b shows the location <strong>of</strong> failure. Matrix-dominated failure<br />

was, however, both observed and expected in the fatigue tests. It was expected<br />

based on prior fatigue testing experience at Össur (using lower load<br />

amplitude).


5.1 Fatigue Behaviour <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex foot 81<br />

(a)Shows the area where the cut bres<br />

end. For many feet, the ends <strong>of</strong><br />

these bres broke away and formed<br />

splinters which rubbed against the<br />

feet.<br />

(b)The location where the sudden<br />

quasi-static failure occurs.<br />

Figure 5.3 Shows both the positions <strong>of</strong> the two actuators during one fatigue cycle<br />

and the loading on the foot.<br />

5.1.1 Discussion and Summary<br />

The failure <strong>of</strong> all the feet tested was traced to delamination. The feet<br />

were rotated 7 ◦ out <strong>of</strong> the plane dened by the actuators, hence one side<br />

<strong>of</strong> the foot exed more (higher stresses) than the other side in each cycle.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the higher stresses involved, the rst splinters and delamination<br />

cracks formed on the side which exed more. Until recently, the splinters<br />

which form on the sides have not been considered detrimental to the fatigue<br />

behaviour <strong>of</strong> the prosthetic feet. However, the visual observations made<br />

during the testing <strong>of</strong> the 75 prosthetic feet suggested that these splinters<br />

might have an important role in the fatigue behaviour.<br />

In the next section, the stresses within the split-toe foot will be studied.<br />

An analysis <strong>of</strong> the stresses can possibly help explain why delamination is<br />

the critical damage mechanism and why it only occurs during fatigue.


82 Chapter 5. Results<br />

5.2 Load-Displacement<br />

This section presents a static nite element analysis <strong>of</strong> the prosthetic foot<br />

and a study on the stiness evolution <strong>of</strong> the 75 tested feet.<br />

5.2.1 Static Finite Element Analysis<br />

A static nite element analysis <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex, performed by Lilja Magnúsdóttir,<br />

was used to develop a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the stresses acting<br />

in the foot. In the analysis, the following factors were not taken into account:<br />

the 7 degree rotation <strong>of</strong> the foot out <strong>of</strong> the plane dened by the<br />

actuators, the wedge and the woven layers. The element model used for<br />

the analysis was based on a 3D solid model made in SolidWorks. Due to<br />

the tapered design <strong>of</strong> the components, an area model was needed. The<br />

area model was generated by dividing the 3D model into areas, each with<br />

a constant number <strong>of</strong> layers. The area model is depicted in Fig. 5.4a. The<br />

nite element model, shown in Fig. 5.4b, was constructed from the area<br />

model using the ANSYS SHELL99 element. The maximum loading <strong>of</strong> the<br />

actuators was set to 1950 N and the minimum to 50 N. The deection was<br />

veried against experimental data from the fatigue tests. The comparison<br />

revealed a dierence which was within few millimeters.<br />

Figure 5.5 shows the axial stresses on the unidirectional bres at the two<br />

extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the actuators. Figures 5.5a and 5.5c show respectively<br />

the axial stresses in the top and the bottom layers when 1950 N is applied<br />

to the forefoot and 50 N to the heel. When loaded this way, the top layers<br />

are in compression, and the bottom layers are in tension. Figures 5.5b<br />

and 5.5d show the axial stresses in the same layers when the heel is loaded<br />

1950 N and the forefoot 50 N. In this loading condition, the sign <strong>of</strong> the<br />

stresses have reversed; the top layers are in tension, and the bottom layers<br />

are in compression.<br />

Figure 5.6 shows the shear stresses at the two extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

actuators. Figure 5.6a and Fig. 5.6c show respectively the shear stresses<br />

in the top and the bottom layers when 1950 N is applied to the forefoot<br />

and 50 N to the heel. The maximum shear stresses occur in these outer<br />

layers. Because the shear stresses in the top layers are positive, while those<br />

in the bottom layers are negative, the top layers press against the bottom


5.2 Load-Displacement 83<br />

(a)An area model was used to divide<br />

the 3D solid model. The lengths <strong>of</strong><br />

the areas were determined so that<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> layers in each area<br />

was constant.<br />

(b)The resulting element model. The<br />

model was made using a SHELL99<br />

element a linear layered structural<br />

shell.<br />

Figure 5.4<br />

in the foot.<br />

The area model and the element model used for studying the stresses<br />

layers. This is due to the curved geometry <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. Hence,<br />

a fully delaminated foot is able to maintain a reasonable stiness when<br />

the foot is loaded this way. Conversely, when the heel is loaded the shear<br />

stresses reverse their sign, shown in Figs. 5.6b 5.6d, and the top layers<br />

pull against the bottom layers, i.e. they try to separate. The layers are<br />

held together by the interlaminar bonding, i.e. the matrix. Consequently,<br />

a delaminated foot is not able to maintain usable stiness when subjected<br />

to this type <strong>of</strong> loading.<br />

According to the manufacturer <strong>of</strong> the unidirectional carbon bre tapes,<br />

Newport Adhesives and <strong>Composites</strong> Inc., the tensile strength, compression<br />

strength, and the short beam shear strength in 0 ◦ are 2030 MPa, 1241 MPa<br />

and 91 MPa respectively. 170<br />

Table 5.1 shows the maximum axial and shear<br />

stresses as determined by the nite element analysis. Upon comparing the<br />

values in Table 5.1, which are conservative, with the those provided by the<br />

manufacturer, one can conclude that the shear strength <strong>of</strong> the composite is<br />

the limiting factor in the strength <strong>of</strong> the Vari-Flex. Consequently, matrix-


84 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)The stresses (compression) in the top<br />

unidirectional layers when the forefoot<br />

is at maximum loading.<br />

(b)The stresses (tension) in the top unidirectional<br />

layers when the heel is at<br />

maximum loading.<br />

(c)The stresses (tension) in the bottom<br />

unidirectional layers when the forefoot<br />

is at maximum loading.<br />

(d)The stresses (compression) in the bottom<br />

unidirectional layers when the heel<br />

is at maximum loading.<br />

(e)The colour coding for the compressional and tensional stresses (values are<br />

in MPa).<br />

Figure 5.5 Shows the compressional and tensional stresses at the two extreme<br />

positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator.


5.2 Load-Displacement 85<br />

(a)The shear stresses in the top unidirectional<br />

layers when the forefoot is at<br />

maximum loading.<br />

(b)The shear stresses in the top unidirectional<br />

layers when the heel is at maximum<br />

loading.<br />

(c)The shear stresses in the bottom unidirectional<br />

layers when the forefoot is<br />

at maximum loading.<br />

(d)The shear stresses in the bottom unidirectional<br />

layers when the heel is at<br />

maximum loading.<br />

(e)The colour coding for the shear stresses (values are in MPa).<br />

Figure 5.6<br />

actuator.<br />

Shows the shear stresses at the two extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's


86 Chapter 5. Results<br />

dominated failure is to be expected.<br />

Table 5.1 The maximum stresses found by the nite element analysis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Vari-Flex foot.<br />

Type <strong>of</strong> Loading<br />

1950N @ forefoot 1950N @ heel<br />

Max. tension 482 MPa 497 MPa<br />

Max. compression 584 MPa 380 MPa<br />

Max. shear 493 MPa -569 MPa<br />

5.2.2 Stiness Evolution<br />

For all the feet tested, the failure was determined by the displacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator; the displacement <strong>of</strong> the heel's actuator never<br />

changed by 10%. The solid curve in Fig. 5.7 shows, in percentages, how the<br />

displacement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator evolves on the average as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> percentage <strong>of</strong> life. The curve is constructed by averaging all displacement<br />

evolution curves. The grey area represents one standard deviation from the<br />

mean. As one can observe, the scatter is larger than the mean value <strong>of</strong> the<br />

data. Hence, this suggests that a parameter which represents the changes<br />

in the displacement is not appropriate for monitoring. When lower loading<br />

is used, i.e. normal loading, the changes will be smaller and the signal-tonoise<br />

ratio may become too low.<br />

The dashed curve is a log 10 transformation <strong>of</strong> the solid curve. The<br />

log 10 transformation produces a curve with a similar shape to the curve in<br />

Fig. 2.4; hence, the three stages <strong>of</strong> damage accumulation can be identied<br />

using displacement measurements. On the average, a small increase in<br />

displacement is observed during the rst 95 percent <strong>of</strong> the lifetime, but<br />

during the last 5% the displacement increases rapidly. The high standard<br />

deviation is mainly due to uctuations in individual displacement curves,<br />

i.e. the temporal slope <strong>of</strong> the curves can be both positive and negative.<br />

Instead <strong>of</strong> presenting the information provided by the position measurements,<br />

as displacement it can be split into two parameters: the maximum<br />

and minimum positions. Because constant amplitude is used, the extreme


5.2 Load-Displacement 87<br />

Figure 5.7 The solid curve shows the mean displacement change and all values<br />

within one standard deviation from the mean. The dashed curve is a log 10<br />

transformation <strong>of</strong> the solid curve.<br />

positions can be used to estimate the upward and the downward bending<br />

stinesses. The upward bending stiness and the downward bending<br />

stiness can evolve in dierent ways, hence, the extreme positions can be<br />

used to obtain more information than when only studying the displacement.<br />

More involved methods can also be used to detect changes in the<br />

bending stinesses which occur between the extreme positions, e.g. by analyzing<br />

the shape <strong>of</strong> the load-displacement curves. Figure 5.8 shows the<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the extreme positions for four sample feet. The initial value<br />

<strong>of</strong> each curve has been subtracted. Figure 5.8a shows an example <strong>of</strong> when<br />

the upward bending stiness decreases at similar rate, as the downward<br />

bending stiness increases. When the extreme positions change by nearly<br />

equal magnitude in the same direction, the change will not be reected<br />

in the displacement. Hence, the change will pass undetected when performing<br />

displacement monitoring. Figure 5.8b shows an example <strong>of</strong> opposite<br />

behaviour; the upward bending stiness increases while the downward<br />

bending stiness decreases.<br />

The curves depicted in Fig. 5.8c have both negative and positive slopes.<br />

The changing points are dierent, as is the steepness. During the rst half


88 Chapter 5. Results<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lifetime both the upward and downward bending stinesses increase.<br />

During the second half <strong>of</strong> the lifetime, however, both stinesses decrease.<br />

Intuitively, the decrease <strong>of</strong> both stinesses is the most commonly observed<br />

behaviour and is always observed shortly before failure. Figure 5.8d shows<br />

an example <strong>of</strong> a foot for which the upward bending stiness decreases<br />

throughout the lifetime. The downward bending stiness increases during<br />

the rst 25%, and then remains constant until 60% through the lifetime at<br />

which point it starts to decrease and continues to decrease until failure.<br />

(a)The upward bending stiness decreases<br />

while the downward bending<br />

stiness increases.<br />

(b)The upward bending stiness increases<br />

while the downward bending<br />

stiness decreases.<br />

(c)During approximately 50% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

lifetime both bending stinesses increase<br />

while in the remaining time<br />

both decrease.<br />

(d)The upward bending stiness decreases<br />

while the downward bending<br />

stiness rst increases, then remains<br />

constant, and nally decreases.<br />

Figure 5.8 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the extreme position <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator shown<br />

for 4 sample feet.<br />

The stiness changes were further investigated by performing 100 consecutive<br />

stiness measurements on a few split-toe feet interspersed with<br />

30 sec. rest periods. 171 The stiness tests were performed in a MTS


5.2 Load-Displacement 89<br />

QTest/10LP uniaxial test machine using a crosshead speed <strong>of</strong> 500 mm/min.<br />

The foot was loaded until 50 mm extension <strong>of</strong> the crosshead was reached.<br />

Both the extension <strong>of</strong> the crosshead and the load were recorded by the Test-<br />

Works QT s<strong>of</strong>tware used to control the test machine. Figure 5.9a shows<br />

how the split-toe foot was loaded. The evolution <strong>of</strong> the required load to<br />

reach 47.3 mm extension <strong>of</strong> the crosshead is shown in Fig. 5.9b. The initial<br />

load values <strong>of</strong> each curve have been subtracted.<br />

(a)The split-toe foot was loaded until<br />

47.3 mm extension <strong>of</strong> the crosshead<br />

was reached.<br />

(b)Shows how the load required to<br />

bend the split-toe foot 47.3 mm<br />

evolved during 100 consecutive stiness<br />

measurements <strong>of</strong> three feet.<br />

Figure 5.9<br />

The stiness measurement setup and results for three feet.<br />

As can be observed from the gure, the load at the 47.3 mm extension<br />

changes by more than 15 N (approx. 1.2%) during the rst 20 to<br />

40 measurements. In the remaining measurements the rate <strong>of</strong> the stiness<br />

change for all feet decreases to nearly zero and the stiness varies by<br />

only a few Newtons. Stiness increase during the rst measurements was<br />

more commonly observed than stiness decrease. Furthermore, it was also<br />

investigated whether the AE generated during rst time loading and the<br />

stiness curve could be used to indicate fatigue life. 172<br />

The results showed<br />

that this was not possible. This was mainly attributed to the fact that the<br />

feet failed due to matrix-dominated failure, which was not present initially.<br />

The position and load <strong>of</strong> both actuators in a typical fatigue cycle is<br />

shown in Fig. 5.10. As can be observed, the load curves are asymmetrical<br />

around the extreme values. The asymmetry is related to several factors,<br />

including the composite lay-up properties and geometry. The relationship<br />

between the load and the position <strong>of</strong> both actuators can also be studied


90 Chapter 5. Results<br />

by plotting the load as a function <strong>of</strong> the position. Figure 5.11 shows the<br />

corresponding curves, or hysteresis loops, for both actuators. A comparison<br />

<strong>of</strong> the two loops reveals an interesting dierence: one is clockwise and<br />

the other counter-clockwise. This dierence is due to the geometry <strong>of</strong><br />

the foot and the lay-up, e.g. the unequal displacement <strong>of</strong> the actuators<br />

and the energy return. The counter-clockwise loop corresponds to the<br />

forefoot's actuator. The load measured at actuator, with respect to the<br />

same position, is higher as it moves down (unloads the forefoot), whereas<br />

the load measured by the heel's actuator decreases when it moves down.<br />

The shape <strong>of</strong> the loops and their area is a function <strong>of</strong> the load and response<br />

<strong>of</strong> the material at the given loading frequency.<br />

(a)The positions <strong>of</strong> both actuators<br />

during one fatigue cycle.<br />

(b)The loading exerted by the actuators<br />

on the foot during one fatigue<br />

cycle.<br />

Figure 5.10 Shows both the positions <strong>of</strong> the two actuators during one fatigue<br />

cycle and the loading on the foot.<br />

5.2.3 Discussion and Summary<br />

In this section changes in the upward and downward bending stinesses<br />

<strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot were estimated by monitoring the maximum and the<br />

minimum positions <strong>of</strong> the actuator loading the split-toe foot. The relative<br />

changes in the upward and downward bending stinesses could be obtained<br />

because the fatigue testing is performed using a constant amplitude<br />

loading. It was demonstrated that the evolution <strong>of</strong> these two stinesses<br />

provides more information about the material conditions than monitoring<br />

only the displacement. The stiness increase during the rst cycles is an


5.2 Load-Displacement 91<br />

Figure 5.11<br />

The load-position relationship for both actuators.<br />

interesting behaviour which was observed in a few feet. This behaviour<br />

was well known by the Össur's personnel and was conrmed after further<br />

investigation. The behaviour has also been reported in the literature (see<br />

Sect. 2.3).<br />

The simplied static nite element analysis presented above showed<br />

that the maximum tension and compressional stresses are well within the<br />

limits provided by the manufacturer. But, the shear stresses exceed the<br />

limits by more than a factor <strong>of</strong> 5 in both direction. The analysis also<br />

revealed that the maximum value <strong>of</strong> the three stresses occurs at the top<br />

and the bottom layers <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. These results are in agreement<br />

with the experimental observations. The high stresses in the outer layers<br />

caused the woven layers in a few <strong>of</strong> the tested feet to delaminate from<br />

the unidirectional layers. However, the detrimental delamination cracks<br />

occurred near the center <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. The formation <strong>of</strong> these cracks,<br />

and the splinters, is due to the stress reversal <strong>of</strong> all the three stresses. The<br />

stresses change their signs near the center <strong>of</strong> the material, the exact location<br />

depends on whether the actuator is loading or unloading, i.e. moving up<br />

or down, as was demonstrated by the load-position relationship <strong>of</strong> both<br />

actuators. Consequently, due to the high shear stress range and the fact


92 Chapter 5. Results<br />

that the three stresses change their signs twice in each fatigue cycle, a shear<br />

failure, or a matrix dominated failure, is highly probable in fatigue.<br />

The visual observations presented in the previous section and the results<br />

presented in this section will be used in the next sections for interpreting<br />

the AE data. In the next section it will be studied if a timely warning<br />

about imminent failure can be issued by using the probability distribution<br />

<strong>of</strong> an AE feature.<br />

5.3 Impending Failure Warning<br />

In the study presented in this section, it is proposed that the probability<br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> a suitable AE feature can be used to provide timely warning<br />

<strong>of</strong> impending failures in <strong>CFRP</strong> composites. The results <strong>of</strong> this study have<br />

been partially presented in An AE Feature for Issuing Early Failure Warning<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue 17<br />

and AE Entropy for Condition<br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue . 19<br />

The failure is dened by<br />

the 10% displacement-based failure criterion. The warnings will be issued<br />

by comparing the value <strong>of</strong> the AE feature against its distribution. Hence,<br />

the distribution as a function <strong>of</strong> lifetime, e.g. in percents, needs to be<br />

known or estimated.<br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> this study is to nd an AE feature which can be used for this<br />

purpose. In order to achieve this objective, the experimental data acquired<br />

during cyclic testing <strong>of</strong> 75 prosthetic feet is used. The lifetime <strong>of</strong> each foot<br />

is normalized to 100% according to the 10% displacement failure criterion.<br />

The probability distribution, <strong>of</strong> the feature values at each percentage point<br />

is estimated by rst computing the feature from all measurements, for each<br />

foot tested, and then generating a histogram <strong>of</strong> the feature values at the<br />

given percentage point <strong>of</strong> lifetime. The AE features are evaluated by how<br />

well the two probability histograms at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized<br />

lifetime can be separated.<br />

All gures in this section have a grey area which represents all values<br />

which lie within one standard deviation from the mean. Also superimposed<br />

on the gures are histograms in blue and red which show the distributions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the feature values at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the fatigue life respectively. The AE<br />

features are evaluated by how well the two probability histograms at 50%<br />

and 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized lifetime can be separated using an estimated


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 93<br />

Bayes optimal decision threshold. Although the Bayes optimal decision<br />

boundary does not guarantee an error free classication, it gives the lowest<br />

error rate. 173<br />

5.3.1 Evolution <strong>of</strong> Commonly Used AE Features<br />

Figure 5.12a shows the average evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count for all feet<br />

tested. The AE hits are located and determined using the approach described<br />

in Sect. 3.2. The STFT detection function described in Sect. 3.2.1<br />

is used, with segment size <strong>of</strong> k = 128 samples and d = 120 sample<br />

overlapping. The hits are located by setting the trough-to-peak threshold<br />

(T tp ) at 304 dB V-s and determined by setting the determination threshold<br />

(T AE ) at 3 mV.<br />

(a)The average AE hit count rate.<br />

(b)The average signal energy.<br />

Figure 5.12 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count and the signal's energy<br />

(per loading cycle). The grey area represents all values which lie within one<br />

standard deviation from the mean.<br />

Figure 5.12b shows the average evolution <strong>of</strong> the signal's energy on a<br />

decibel scale. The energy <strong>of</strong> the AE signal, E, is computed using:<br />

E = 1 R<br />

N∑<br />

x 2 ∆t, (5.1)<br />

i=1<br />

where x is a vector <strong>of</strong> length N, containing the discrete values <strong>of</strong> the AE<br />

signal. The sampling interval, ∆t is equal to the reciprocal <strong>of</strong> the sampling<br />

rate, or 1/fs. The reference resistance, R, is 10 kΩ. 136<br />

As a result the<br />

energy unit is joules (equal to Watts-seconds or volts 2 -seconds per ohm).


94 Chapter 5. Results<br />

Figure 5.13 shows the evolution <strong>of</strong> six commonly used AE hit features.<br />

Each curve is generated by averaging the feature evolution curves from<br />

all feet. The points on the evolution curve for each foot are computed<br />

by extracting the AE hit features from all hits in a segment and then<br />

computing their average. By computing the average, extreme AE hit values<br />

may pass unnoticed because a few high values will not alter the mean by<br />

much. For this reason it is <strong>of</strong> interest to study the evolution <strong>of</strong> the hit<br />

features extracted from the hit with the largest amplitude. Figure 5.14<br />

shows the evolution <strong>of</strong> the amplitude, duration, and the rise time <strong>of</strong> the hit<br />

with the largest amplitude from each signal segment. Also depicted in the<br />

gure is the amplitude ratio <strong>of</strong> the two hits with the largest amplitudes.<br />

Elliptical bandpass lters, each with 25 kHz bandwidth, are used to divide<br />

the original bandwidth into subbands. The power in the subbands is<br />

computed along with the ratio between the two subbands with the largest<br />

powers and the ratio between the subbands with the maximum and minimum<br />

power. The evolution <strong>of</strong> four selected subbands and the ratios is<br />

presented in Fig. 5.15.<br />

The two histograms for each <strong>of</strong> the features presented in Figs. 5.12 <br />

5.15 have nearly identical shapes and overlap almost completely. For this<br />

reason they cannot be used to separate the feature values at 50% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

lifetime from the values at 95% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime.


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 95<br />

(a)The average evolution curve for the<br />

amplitude.<br />

(b)The average evolution curve for the<br />

RMS.<br />

(c)The average evolution curve for the<br />

ring-down counts.<br />

(d)The average evolution curve for the<br />

duration.<br />

(e)The average evolution curve for the<br />

rise time.<br />

(f)The average evolution curve for the<br />

fall time.<br />

Figure 5.13 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> six commonly used AE hit features. The<br />

grey area represents all values which lie within one standard deviation from the<br />

mean.


96 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)The evolution curve for the maximum<br />

amplitude.<br />

(b)The evolution curve for the duration<br />

<strong>of</strong> the hit with the maximum amplitude.<br />

(c)The evolution curve for the rise time<br />

<strong>of</strong> the hit with the maximum amplitude.<br />

(d)The evolution curve for the amplitude<br />

ratio <strong>of</strong> the two hits with the<br />

highest amplitude.<br />

Figure 5.14 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> AE hit features extracted from the hit with<br />

the maximum amplitude and the amplitude ratio <strong>of</strong> the two hits with the largest<br />

amplitudes. The grey area represents all values which lie within one standard<br />

deviation from the mean.


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 97<br />

(a)The evolution curve for the power in<br />

the 250275 kHz subband.<br />

(b)The evolution curve for the power in<br />

the 325350 kHz subband.<br />

(c)The evolution curve for the power in<br />

the 425450 kHz subband.<br />

(d)The evolution curve for the power in<br />

the 550575 kHz subband.<br />

(e)The evolution curve for the ratio <strong>of</strong><br />

the two subbands with the largest<br />

powers.<br />

(f)The evolution curve for the ratio <strong>of</strong><br />

the subband with the largest power<br />

against the subband with the smallest<br />

power.<br />

Figure 5.15 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> AE features in the frequency domain. The<br />

grey area represents all values which lie within one standard deviation from the<br />

mean.


98 Chapter 5. Results<br />

5.3.2 Entropy<br />

Two entropies are estimated in the time domain, one using Shannon's formula<br />

and one using data compression. In order to apply Shannon's formula<br />

the probability mass function <strong>of</strong> the signal's values from each measurement<br />

is estimated from a normalized histogram using 2 16 bins. In other words,<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> bins is set equal to the number <strong>of</strong> quantized discrete values<br />

from the 16 bit A/D converter. In order to estimate the entropy using<br />

data compression, the signed 16-bit integer data is written to a le in<br />

ASCII form with no spaces in between. The le is then compressed using<br />

variant H <strong>of</strong> the PPMd algorithm (PPMdH), as implemented in an open<br />

source s<strong>of</strong>tware program called 7-Zip. The resulting le size is then converted<br />

from bytes to nats (see Eq. 3.8). The model order is determined<br />

manually. The best compression results are obtained using model order<br />

k = 5, or when the maximum context length is equal to the maximum<br />

number <strong>of</strong> digits used (omitting the sign). In the remaining part <strong>of</strong> this<br />

thesis, the entropy computed using Shannon's formula in the time domain<br />

will be referred to as the signal's entropy, and the entropy estimated using<br />

the PPMdH compression scheme will be referred to as the PPMdH entropy.<br />

In the frequency domain Shannon's formula for the entropy is used<br />

to estimate both the frequency and the spectrum entropies. In order to<br />

compute the frequency entropy, the probability mass function <strong>of</strong> the frequencies<br />

is estimated by rst transforming the signed 16-bit integer data<br />

to the frequency domain and then normalizing the one sided amplitude<br />

spectrum to sum to one. Because <strong>of</strong> the normalization there is no need to<br />

convert the data values to volts. The transformation is made by applying<br />

a 221 point discrete Fourier transform (DFT). The number <strong>of</strong> DFT points<br />

is set to the next power <strong>of</strong> two higher than the length <strong>of</strong> the data series,<br />

for faster computation. This is done by zero-padding the data to make<br />

its length a power <strong>of</strong> two. The computations can also be made faster by<br />

using fewer points. If fewer points are used, the resolution <strong>of</strong> the spectrum<br />

decreases and less information is provided. Consequently, the entropy also<br />

decreases. If more points are used, the number <strong>of</strong> frequency bins increases,<br />

as so does the entropy. This requires zero-padding. Zero-padding the data<br />

before applying the DFT results in a frequency interpolation, which means<br />

that the added frequency bins will not contain any new information. As a<br />

result, the entropy increase will only be a function <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> added


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 99<br />

bins and is the same for all measurements.<br />

In order to compute the spectrum entropy, the probability mass function<br />

<strong>of</strong> the spectral amplitudes is estimated from a histogram <strong>of</strong> the amplitude<br />

intensities. Amplitudes below the highest amplitude in the one-sided<br />

amplitude spectrum <strong>of</strong> all measurements are quantized with 16 bits. A<br />

2 16 bin histogram is used to estimate the probability mass function <strong>of</strong> the<br />

quantized amplitudes.<br />

The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the four entropies for all the feet is shown<br />

in Fig. 5.16. As can one can observe, the curves are relatively at from<br />

approximately 20% to 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized lifetime, and the standard<br />

deviation is high. The curves are therefore not suitable for issuing early failure<br />

alerts. This is veried by the almost perfect overlap <strong>of</strong> the histograms<br />

<strong>of</strong> the entropy values at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime.<br />

It is interesting to note that, <strong>of</strong> the two entropies computed in the<br />

time domain, the PPMdH entropy (shown in Fig. 5.16b) is lower than<br />

the signal's entropy (shown in Fig. 5.16a). In order to apply Shannon's<br />

formula, the probability mass function <strong>of</strong> the signal's values is estimated<br />

using a histogram <strong>of</strong> the signal's values. This estimates the entropy <strong>of</strong><br />

the signal with respect to a static model. This is by no means the best<br />

model for the data as can be observed, the PPDdH compression scheme<br />

produces a better model. Nonetheless, the evolution curve for the PPMdH<br />

entropy shows no additional information.<br />

Table 5.2 presents the median Pearson and Spearman correlation coef-<br />

cients estimated between the AE hit count, the energy and the four entropies.<br />

Each coecient is estimated by rst computing the corresponding<br />

coecient between the curves from each fatigue test and then computing<br />

the median <strong>of</strong> the coecients obtained from all feet. The results presented<br />

in the table show that the signal's entropy is highly correlated with the PP-<br />

MdH entropy and that both these entropies are also highly correlated with<br />

the AE hit count. The results indicate that the signal's entropy might be<br />

a better alternative to the AE hit count and the PPMdH entropy. This is<br />

because it requires less computation and involves no tuning <strong>of</strong> parameters<br />

except for choosing the histogram's bin size.<br />

Furthermore, the calculations also show that there is a signicant correlation<br />

between the energy and the spectrum entropy. Since the energy<br />

requires less computation and its interpretation is more intuitive it might


100 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)The evolution curve for the signal's<br />

entropy.<br />

(b)The evolution curve for the PPMdH<br />

entropy.<br />

(c)The evolution curve for the frequency<br />

entropy.<br />

(d)The evolution curve for the spectrum<br />

entropy.<br />

Figure 5.16 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the four entropies computed from the AE<br />

segments. The grey area represents all values which lie within one standard<br />

deviation from the mean.<br />

be a better alternative. The frequency entropy measures the atness <strong>of</strong><br />

the spectrum and can be used to detect the presence <strong>of</strong> broadband events<br />

which are not detected in the evolution <strong>of</strong> the energy. Consequently, the<br />

frequency entropy can be used to supplement the energy feature.<br />

5.3.3 Feature Patterns<br />

In the last part <strong>of</strong> this study it is investigated whether AE features appear<br />

in patterns and whether the pattern occurrences can be used to give signs<br />

about imminent failures. A new feature is proposed for this purpose. The<br />

new feature is called a trough-to-peak pattern feature. The trough-to-peak


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 101<br />

Table 5.2 The median Pearson (left) and Spearman (right) correlation coecients<br />

between the AE hit count, the energy, and the four entropies.<br />

AE hit Energy Signal's PPMdH Freq. Spectrum<br />

count [dB] entropy entropy entropy entropy<br />

AE Hit Count 1 0,63 / 0,58 0,93 / 0,89 0,92 / 0,89-0,24 /-0,19 0,71 / 0,65<br />

Energy [dB] 0,63 / 0,58 1 0,74 / 0,72 0,73 / 0,70-0,44 /-0,52 0,92 / 0,91<br />

Signal's Entropy 0,93 / 0,89 0,74 / 0,72 1 0,99 / 0,99-0,28 /-0,31 0,79 / 0,79<br />

PPMdH Entropy 0,92 / 0,89 0,73 / 0,70 0,99 / 0,99 1 -0,24 /-0,29 0,78 / 0,79<br />

Freq. Entropy -0,24 /-0,19-0,44 /-0,52-0,28 /-0,31-0,24 /-0,29 1 -0,23 /-0,20<br />

Spectrum Entropy 0,71 / 0,65 0,92 / 0,91 0,79 / 0,79 0,78 / 0,79-0,23 /-0,20 1<br />

pattern feature is made by combining a variant <strong>of</strong> the ISI feature and the<br />

hit pattern feature. It is computed by rst determining the time from a<br />

trough to a peak (and also from a peak to a trough) for each AE hit, then<br />

coding the results and then counting the occurrences <strong>of</strong> all patterns found<br />

in the coded representation. A trough-to-peak interval is a variant <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Inter-spike Interval (ISI). It can also be recognized to include variants <strong>of</strong><br />

two commonly used AE hit-based features, namely the rise time and the<br />

fall time.<br />

The methodology described in Sect. 3.4 is used to count the pattern<br />

occurrences. The full bandwidth <strong>of</strong> the signal (N = 1) and the whole<br />

segment (K = 1) are used. The AE hits are located using the procedure<br />

described above, but no determination is performed, i.e. the determination<br />

threshold (T AE ) is set to 0 mV. Figure 5.17 illustrates how the trough-topeak<br />

feature is coded into a coding vector. The trough-to-peak intervals,<br />

in microsecond, are quantized by using a natural logarithm and rounding<br />

the result to the nearest integer. Figure 5.18 explains how the hit pattern<br />

feature is computed; by counting how <strong>of</strong>ten a certain pattern in the coding<br />

vector appears.<br />

The patterns can be <strong>of</strong> arbitrary integer length containing an arbitrary<br />

combination <strong>of</strong> coded trough-to-peak (TTP) and peak-to-trough (PTT)<br />

intervals from any number <strong>of</strong> hits. For example, consider the following<br />

pattern <strong>of</strong> length 5: [T T P 1 P T T 1 ∗ ∗ T T P 3 ]. In order to match this<br />

pattern the coded intervals from two hits are required. The asterisk (*)<br />

is a wildcard symbol which means that any value is accepted; hence, the<br />

required coded intervals are not required to be from adjacent hits.


102 Chapter 5. Results<br />

Figure 5.17 The rst step in computing the hit pattern feature is the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the coding vector for the signal segment.<br />

Figure 5.18 The second step in computing the hit pattern feature is to nd and<br />

count the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences for each hit pattern in the coded representation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the signal segment.


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 103<br />

Figure 5.19 shows the average evolution <strong>of</strong> four selected trough-to-peak<br />

patterns <strong>of</strong> length 2 (see Fig. 3.11 for illustration). These patterns contain<br />

the coded values <strong>of</strong> the fall time <strong>of</strong> one hit and the rise time <strong>of</strong> the next<br />

adjacent hit. One can observe that the histograms <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences<br />

at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime for these patterns can be separated<br />

using thresholds. Table 5.3 lists the four patterns and the corresponding<br />

estimated Bayes optimal decision thresholds. In order to make the patterns<br />

more intuitive for the reader, the patterns are augmented by placing - and<br />

+ where the troughs and peaks are located respectively.<br />

Table 5.3 Four trough-to-peak patterns, <strong>of</strong> length 2. The patterns have been<br />

augmented by placing - and + where the troughs and peaks are located respectively.<br />

The last column contains the estimated Bayes optimal decision threshold.<br />

The pattern Decision Threshold<br />

Pattern 87 3 - 3 + 388.6<br />

Pattern 94 3 - 2 + 562<br />

Pattern 95 4 - 3 + 64<br />

Pattern 102 4 - 4 + 11.6


104 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 87.<br />

(b)The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 94.<br />

(c)The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 95.<br />

(d)The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 102.<br />

Figure 5.19 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> four troughto-peak<br />

patterns computed from the AE segments. The grey area represents all<br />

values which lie within one standard deviation from the mean.


5.3 Impending Failure Warning 105<br />

5.3.4 Discussion and Summary<br />

In this section several commonly used AE features have been studied for<br />

the purpose <strong>of</strong> using them to provide a timely warning <strong>of</strong> impending failure.<br />

Furthermore, a trough-to-peak pattern feature was presented, studied<br />

and compared against the other AE features. The trough-to-peak pattern<br />

feature is a pattern <strong>of</strong> an arbitrary length, containing a combination <strong>of</strong> rise<br />

times and fall times <strong>of</strong> one to several AE hits.<br />

The evolution curves <strong>of</strong> the trough-to-peak patterns have a slope change<br />

at around 60% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime. The slope then remains constant until<br />

failure. This slope change is not present in the evolution curves for the other<br />

AE features. This suggests that these trough-to-peak pattern features<br />

are capturing important information from the AE signal, e.g. the slope<br />

change may be caused by the formation <strong>of</strong> a damage which grows until<br />

failure. Intuitively, the salient slope change can be used to provide an<br />

early warning about the health <strong>of</strong> the composite, and the results support<br />

this. The trough-to-peak patterns are the only features, studied here, which<br />

probability distributions at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime can be reasonably<br />

well separated using a Bayes optimal decision boundary.<br />

Patterns made using dierent coding, length, features, or a combination<br />

<strong>of</strong> features, can possibly be used to obtain more information. The<br />

additional information can be combined into a feature vector which can<br />

be used as an input into classier system for more accurate warnings. For<br />

this purpose, one-class support vector machines (SVM) are interesting. 174<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the data available for monitoring systems is sampled from healthy<br />

systems. For this reason the classication task is fundamentally a oneclass<br />

classication problem and it diers from conventional classication<br />

problems ins<strong>of</strong>ar as the classier is trained only by the healthy data, also<br />

known as target data, and never sees the unhealthy, or outlier, data.<br />

In other words, the classier must estimate the boundary that separates<br />

those two classes, based only on data which lies on one side <strong>of</strong> it, in order<br />

to minimize misclassications.<br />

The evolution curves studied in this section are all normalized according<br />

to the lifetime determined by a 10% displacement criterion. Half <strong>of</strong> the<br />

split-toe foot component for some feet, however, delaminates before the<br />

criterion is met. This is represented by a minute increase in the standard<br />

deviation in the last 10% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime for the energy, amplitude, subband


106 Chapter 5. Results<br />

powers and the entropies except the frequency entropy. The standard deviation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the frequency entropy does not increase because the shape <strong>of</strong><br />

the spectrum for these feet does not change. Instead all amplitudes (over<br />

all frequencies) increase. But, this means that the amplitude distribution<br />

changes and hence the spectrum entropy.<br />

It has been suggested that AE from cumulated damage, i.e. friction,<br />

can provide valuable information about the material health. 89<br />

This type <strong>of</strong><br />

AE has mainly been regarded as unwanted and many attempts have been<br />

made to lter it out in order to better detect AE from damage growth, but<br />

this can be dicult. 8<br />

The fact that a damage only generates AE once, but<br />

friction many times, suggests that approaches based on friction will be more<br />

robust. In this study the energy, the entropies, the subband powers and<br />

the trough-to-peak patterns were extracted from the AE signals without<br />

applying any special lters to lter out AE from cumulative damage.<br />

The exponential increase <strong>of</strong> the AE hit counts and the signal's entropy<br />

during the last 3% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime and their relatively low standard deviation<br />

suggests that these two features can be used to create an AE-based failure<br />

criterion which is equivalent to the 10% displacement criterion.<br />

5.4 AE-Based Failure Criterion<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the study presented in this section is to determine whether<br />

an AE-based failure criterion can be designed to be equivalent to the 10%<br />

displacement failure criterion used in this work. This study was presented<br />

in <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>-Based Fatigue Failure Criterion for <strong>CFRP</strong> . 14<br />

Experience<br />

has shown that when the displacement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator<br />

has changed by some critical percentage (below 10%), the rate <strong>of</strong> damage<br />

growth abruptly increases, the 10% displacement failure criterion is exceeded,<br />

and nal failure normally occurs within relatively few cycles after<br />

the criterion is met.<br />

The results presented in the previous section indicate that an AE-based<br />

early warning system can be designed to give timely warnings about damages<br />

which will eventually lead to nal failure. This approach, however,<br />

is based on the estimation <strong>of</strong> the AE feature's probability distribution.<br />

Consequently, not all failures will be detected. Hence, an AE-based failure<br />

criterion equivalent to the 10% displacement criterion can be used to


5.4 AE-Based Failure Criterion 107<br />

supplement the results presented in the previous section by detecting the<br />

point at which the damage growth increases abruptly.<br />

5.4.1 Methodology<br />

A failure criterion based on the AE signal can be developed in dierent<br />

ways. The development involves both the processing <strong>of</strong> data and the design<br />

<strong>of</strong> a failure detection algorithm. A threshold-based failure detection<br />

algorithm is used here. As the name implies, a failure is determined when<br />

the value <strong>of</strong> the parameter being monitored exceeds a specied threshold.<br />

Here three parameters are studied. The rst one is based on the AE hit<br />

count, the second on the energy, and the third on the signal's entropy.<br />

A detailed study <strong>of</strong> the behaviour <strong>of</strong> the AE signal during the cyclic<br />

testing <strong>of</strong> prosthetic feet shows that the signal behaves dierently in dierent<br />

parts <strong>of</strong> the fatigue cycle. This can be related to the stresses within the<br />

split-toe foot (see the static nite element analysis presented in Sect. 5.2).<br />

Hence, the fatigue cycle is divided into four phases based on the stresses.<br />

The rst phase starts when the forefoot's actuator is at the minimum loading<br />

position (50N) and ends when the actuator is located approximately<br />

at the midpoint <strong>of</strong> its journey. At the start <strong>of</strong> this phase, the top layers<br />

<strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot are in tension, and the bottom layers are in compression.<br />

The shear stresses decrease throughout the rst phase, and at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the phase the stresses change their sign. In the second phase, the<br />

forefoot's actuator continues its upward movement until full loading is obtained.<br />

During this time, both the compression stresses in the top layers<br />

and the tension stresses in the bottom layers increase. Phases 3 and 4<br />

are the reverses <strong>of</strong> cases 2 and 1 respectively. The splinters, or tear outs,<br />

which are commonly observed on the sides on the split-toe foot, can produce<br />

strong AE during loading. If a splinter is located at the lower half<br />

<strong>of</strong> the foot, i.e. below the center line, the splinter pushes out during the<br />

fourth phase and snaps back in at the start <strong>of</strong> the rst phase, <strong>of</strong>ten producing<br />

an audible sound. Similar behaviour is observed for splinters located<br />

above the center line, except they push out in phase 2 and snap back in<br />

phase 3.<br />

The procedure for creating a parameter for failure determination will<br />

now be described. The AE signal from each segment, s, is split into four<br />

shorter signals, each corresponding to one <strong>of</strong> the four phases <strong>of</strong> the fatigue


108 Chapter 5. Results<br />

cycle. The AE feature to be used is then extracted from each <strong>of</strong> the four AE<br />

signals, i.e. the AE energy <strong>of</strong> the signal or the number <strong>of</strong> hits. The resulting<br />

four features, denoted by {a i (s)} 4 i=1, are then amplitude-modulated by<br />

multiplying them together.<br />

z(s) =<br />

4∏<br />

a i (s) (5.2)<br />

i=1<br />

The amplitude modulation, z(s), emphasizes similar behaviour and at<br />

the same time smoothes out random uctuation and dissimilarities. This<br />

helps to prevent false failure detection because strong AE signals are generated<br />

by splinters in only one or two <strong>of</strong> the loading cases. Furthermore,<br />

because similar behaviour is emphasized, changes which occur in more than<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the phases do not have to be as large to be detected as a change<br />

which is only present in one <strong>of</strong> the four phases.<br />

At the time when the 10% displacement criterion is met damage is<br />

growing fast; delamination and abrupt changes in the AE activity take<br />

place in each <strong>of</strong> the four phases <strong>of</strong> the fatigue cycle. Consequently, the<br />

AE-based failure criterion must be designed to detect abrupt changes. The<br />

test static r(t) is computed by:<br />

r(s) =<br />

∣ z(s) − 1 10<br />

s−15<br />

∑<br />

i=s−6<br />

z(s)<br />

∣<br />

(5.3)<br />

By subtracting the mean <strong>of</strong> recent values, slow changes in z(s) are<br />

removed. Absolute value is used because any abrupt change large enough<br />

to exceed the threshold indicates a signicant material change. A failure<br />

is determined when a change in the test static, r(t), exceeds a specied<br />

threshold value, T. The units <strong>of</strong> both the threshold and the test static are<br />

the fourth power <strong>of</strong> the units <strong>of</strong> the AE feature used, e.g. Joules 4 when the<br />

AE energy is used. The failure detector tests between the two following<br />

hypotheses:<br />

H 0 r(s) < T No failure<br />

H 1 r(s) ≥ T Failure.<br />

(5.4)


5.4 AE-Based Failure Criterion 109<br />

5.4.2 Results<br />

An AE-based failure criterion which is to give similar detection results to<br />

the 10% displacement failure criterion must detect failure either before or<br />

at the same time as the displacement criterion. The dierence between the<br />

two criteria must also be as small as possible. These design specications<br />

are used to evaluate the performance <strong>of</strong> dierent parameter settings.<br />

Table 5.4 shows how the AE-based failure criterion compares against the<br />

10% displacement criterion. The rst column species the type <strong>of</strong> feature<br />

on which the test static is based. Three types <strong>of</strong> test statics are used. One<br />

is based on the AE hit count, the second on the energy, and the third on the<br />

signal's entropy. The AE hit count is obtained using the approach described<br />

in Sect. 3.2. The STFT detection function described in Sect. 3.2.1 is used<br />

with segment size <strong>of</strong> k = 128 samples and d = 120 sample overlapping.<br />

In order to locate hits, dierent values <strong>of</strong> the trough-to-peak threshold,<br />

T tp , are studied. These values are listed in the second column. Hit are<br />

determined by setting the determination threshold (T AE ) to 3 mV. The<br />

AE energy and the signal's entropy are computed as described in Sect. 5.3.<br />

The threshold, T used for determining failure is shown in column 3. The<br />

fourth column shows the number <strong>of</strong> feet for which the AE failure criterion<br />

did not detect failure. The fth column shows the number <strong>of</strong> feet for which<br />

failure is detected after the 10% displacement failure criterion has already<br />

determined failure. The sixth column shows the number <strong>of</strong> feet for which<br />

both criteria detect failure at the same time. The seventh column shows<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> feet for which the AE-based criterion detects failure earlier<br />

than the displacement criterion. The last two columns show the mean and<br />

the median <strong>of</strong> the dierence between the two criteria in thousand cycles.<br />

Negative values are used to represent detections which are made before the<br />

10% displacement failure criterion is met. The value <strong>of</strong> the threshold, T, in<br />

the penultimate row for the energy, entropy and each <strong>of</strong> the trough-to-peak<br />

thresholds is the value which gives the best results. This value is found<br />

manually. The value in the row below this is 10% larger and the two values<br />

in the rows above are, respectively, 10% and 20% smaller.<br />

The red rows are the best criterion settings for each test static type. Of<br />

the three, the best results are obtained using the AE hit count feature and<br />

setting the trough-to-peak threshold to 304 dB V-s and T = 3.000e10. A<br />

scatter plot <strong>of</strong> the failure detections made by using these settings and the


110 Chapter 5. Results<br />

10% displacement failure criterion is depicted in Fig. 5.20.<br />

Figure 5.20 Scatter plot <strong>of</strong> failure detections made by the best AE criterion and<br />

the 10% displacement criterion.<br />

The points are distributed around a diagonal line, but not symmetrically.<br />

This is because the detections made by the AE criterion are either<br />

identical or slightly earlier than those made using the 10% displacement<br />

failure criterion. One can observe that four detections are signicantly<br />

dierent. The corresponding points are numbered and indicated by red<br />

squares. The displacement <strong>of</strong> the foot associated with point number 1<br />

abruptly changed to 8% 8,700 cycles before the displacement failure criterion<br />

was met. During the remaining time in the test, the displacement<br />

change uctuated around 8%. For the foot associated with point 2, the<br />

AE-based criterion was met after only 1,200 cycles. This was due to the<br />

formation <strong>of</strong> a large splinter and other damage. During the remaining<br />

6,000 cycles <strong>of</strong> the test the high energy AE signal was emitted in all <strong>of</strong> the<br />

four loading cases. The two remaining feet, corresponding to points 3 and<br />

4, were picked from scrap. These two feet were discarded due to porosity<br />

in the surface layers. Several very strong AE hits with enough energy to<br />

meet the failure criterion were emitted throughout the fatigue life <strong>of</strong> the<br />

feet. This produces early failure detections which are correctly detected as


5.4 AE-Based Failure Criterion 111<br />

failures; however, they do not correspond to a 10% change in displacement.<br />

Table 5.4 The results <strong>of</strong> AE-based failure determination compared to the displacement<br />

criterion. The values in the three last columns are in thousand cycles<br />

and negative values represent detections made before the displacement criterion<br />

is met.<br />

Feature T tp T<br />

Energy<br />

[Joules 4 ]<br />

Time <strong>of</strong> detection vs. displ. criterion<br />

Missed Later Identical Earlier<br />

Mean<br />

Median<br />

8.400e-21 0 0 18 57 -12.6 - 2.1<br />

9.450e-21 0 0 18 57 -12.5 - 1.2<br />

1.050e-20 0 0 18 57 -12.0 - 1.2<br />

1.155e-20 0 1 18 56 -11.8 - 1.2<br />

Entropy<br />

[nats 4 ]<br />

89.6 0 0 15 60 - 7.0 - 0.3<br />

100.8 0 0 21 54 - 5.5 - 0.3<br />

112.0 0 0 28 47 - 2.6 0.0<br />

123.2 2 1 30 42 - 1.6 0.0<br />

173.7 0.920e11 0 0 4 71 -11.3 - 0.9<br />

Hits 173.7 1.035e11 0 0 4 71 -10.0 - 0.9<br />

[counts 4 ] 173.7 1.150e11 0 0 6 69 - 9.1 - 0.6<br />

173.7 1.265e11 0 1 9 65 - 7.8 - 0.6<br />

Hits<br />

Hits<br />

Hits<br />

Hits<br />

260.6 1.920e10 0 0 1 74 -11.8 - 1.2<br />

260.6 2.160e10 0 0 7 68 -10.2 - 0.9<br />

260.6 2.400e10 0 0 9 66 -10.2 - 0.9<br />

260.6 2.640e10 0 2 11 63 - 7.5 - 0.6<br />

304.0 2.400e10 0 0 27 48 - 3.7 0.0<br />

304.0 2.700e10 0 0 29 46 - 3.0 0.0<br />

304.0 3.000e10 0 0 34 41 - 2.3 0.0<br />

304.0 3.300e10 1 1 33 40 - 2.3 0.0<br />

347.4 1.080e10 0 0 11 64 -12.1 - 0.9<br />

347.4 1.215e10 0 0 13 62 - 8.7 - 0.6<br />

347.4 1.350e10 0 0 17 58 - 7.1 - 0.3<br />

347.4 1.485e10 0 2 21 52 - 5.5 - 0.3<br />

434.3 3.120e09 0 0 1 74 -26.3 -26.1<br />

434.3 3.510e09 0 0 1 74 -24.1 -20.4<br />

434.3 3.900e09 0 0 2 73 -21.3 -15.9<br />

434.3 3.290e09 0 1 2 72 -19.7 -13.8


112 Chapter 5. Results<br />

5.4.3 Discussion and Summary<br />

The results show that an AE-based failure criterion can be designed to be<br />

equivalent to a 10% displacement failure criterion. The failure criterion<br />

is designed to detect abrupt changes in the test statics, while minimizing<br />

false detections. If an AE event caused by large splinters is not present<br />

in all the phases, but is detected as failure, the splinters need to be inspected.<br />

These results are signicant for three reasons. Firstly, the two<br />

techniques are based on dierent principles: one measures stress waves generated<br />

under loading and the other measures displacement. Secondly, this<br />

is accomplished for an assembled <strong>CFRP</strong> product subjected to multiaxial<br />

cyclic loading. Hence, this veries that the AE technique can be applied<br />

in a practical setting where the AE signal contains mostly emissions from<br />

cumulative damage. Thirdly, this conrms that a failure criterion using<br />

more sensitive technique can be designed to obtain nearly identical results<br />

to those yielded by a stiness-based criterion.<br />

The favourable results obtained using the test static based on the AE<br />

hit count can be attributed to both the adjustable trough-to-peak threshold<br />

and the logarithmic transformation used during the hit determination. The<br />

logarithmic transformation enhances low energy hits, while compressing<br />

high energy hits. Consequently, this makes the technique less sensitive to<br />

the rugged frequency response and placement <strong>of</strong> the AE transducer. This<br />

is useful when the transducer cannot be placed at the location <strong>of</strong> damage<br />

and the AE signal suers from high attenuation.<br />

As expected, based on the correlation calculations in Sect. 5.3, the<br />

entropy-based test static gives results which are close to the results obtained<br />

using the AE hit count-based test static. The dierence lies in the<br />

fact that the entropy-based test static has a higher number <strong>of</strong> early detections.<br />

The additional early detections are all due to delamination <strong>of</strong> half <strong>of</strong><br />

the split-toe foot. For these feet, the 10% displacement criterion is not met<br />

until later, when the delamination has grown larger. Nonetheless, both <strong>of</strong><br />

the AE-based criteria can be used to detect failure at the same time or<br />

before the 10% displacement failure criterion. The mean dierence for the<br />

energy-based test static is considered to be too high. In order to improve<br />

the results a dierent test static, based on the features, or a dierent failure<br />

detector are required.


5.5 Case Study 113<br />

5.5 Case Study<br />

In this section, a case study is presented which is aimed at investigating<br />

the fatigue evolution <strong>of</strong> one individual Vari-ex foot. The foot selected for<br />

the case study has all the main fatigue characteristics observed in the feet<br />

tested.<br />

The study is divided into three parts. In the rst part the temporal<br />

behaviour <strong>of</strong> the load and displacement are studied. In the second part, the<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> dierent AE features is studied and the results from Sect. 5.3<br />

and Sect. 5.4 are applied in order to see if they can be used to provide an<br />

early health warning and to detect failure. In the third and nal part, the<br />

methodology introduced in Sect. 3.4 is used to investigate whether tracking<br />

<strong>of</strong> AE features and AE patterns can provide additional information about<br />

the fatigue evolution <strong>of</strong> the foot. It is possible that this information may<br />

be used to facilitate early damage diagnosis and failure.<br />

5.5.1 Load and Displacement<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the displacement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator is presented<br />

in Fig. 5.21a. As one can observe, the signicant displacement changes<br />

occur in abrupt steps. The steps, or events, are labelled A to F. Step A is<br />

due a stiness drop which occurs when splinters <strong>of</strong> varying sizes form on<br />

both sides <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot (see Sect. 5.1 for a general description <strong>of</strong> the<br />

splinters). After the formation <strong>of</strong> the splinters, in the interval between step<br />

A and step B, the displacement remains fairly constant. Then, at step B,<br />

half <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot delaminates and the downward bending stiness<br />

drops (see Fig. 5.21b). The delamination was veried by visual inspection.<br />

After step B, the downward bending stiness starts to decrease gradually<br />

between the abrupt steps. This gradual decrease is due to delamination<br />

growth. The upward bending stiness (the black curve in Fig. 5.21b) remains<br />

constant until step E, or when considerable damage has accumulated<br />

in the split-toe foot. After spike number 4, at step E, both the upward and<br />

downward bending stinesses decrease rapidly until failure, at step F.<br />

The extreme load values applied by the heel's actuator, shown in Fig. 5.21c,<br />

are relatively constant throughout the fatigue test. Hence, the spikes in<br />

the displacement numbered 1,2,3 and 4 in Fig. 5.21a are due to the loading


114 Chapter 5. Results<br />

applied by the forefoot's actuator, which can be traced to the PID control<br />

algorithm used to control the loading (see Figs. 5.21b and 5.21d).<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the load and displacement parameters does not provide<br />

any early warnings before the delamination <strong>of</strong> half <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot<br />

at step B. After the delamination, visual inspection can be performed to<br />

detect and verify the type <strong>of</strong> damage. However, if visual inspection is<br />

not possible, then it can be dicult to estimate the severity <strong>of</strong> the damage<br />

which causes the stiness change at each step from these parameters alone.<br />

Consequently, warnings about detrimental damage growth will be issued<br />

after step B.<br />

(a)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the displacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator.<br />

(b)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the maximum and<br />

minimum positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's<br />

actuator.<br />

(c)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the maximum and<br />

minimum load exerted by the heel's<br />

actuator.<br />

(d)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the maximum and<br />

minimum load exerted by the forefoot's<br />

actuator.<br />

Figure 5.21 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the displacement, extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot<br />

actuator, and both extreme load values <strong>of</strong> the heel and forefoot's actuators.


5.5 Case Study 115<br />

5.5.2 AE Features<br />

Based on the results <strong>of</strong> visual and acoustic inspection performed by the<br />

author, i.e. watching and listening, during the cyclic testing <strong>of</strong> the foot,<br />

the temporal behaviour <strong>of</strong> the AE features presented in Fig. 5.23 can be<br />

interpreted. These features were studied in Sect. 5.3 and are extracted here<br />

using the same settings. Each feature is overlaid onto its corresponding<br />

mean and standard deviation. The mean is computed by averaging the<br />

evolution curves <strong>of</strong> all the other feet.<br />

Shortly after the cyclic test is initiated, or after 6k cycles, small splinters<br />

start to form on both sides <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. During the next 4.2k cycles<br />

the splinters grow larger and rub against the sides. This results in a very<br />

steep increase in the AE energy, but only a slight increase in the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> AE hits. Two spikes are observed in the AE energy when 12.3k and<br />

13.2k cycles have elapsed. At this time a medium-sized splinter forms on<br />

the right side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. The two measurements corresponding<br />

to the spikes in AE energy are taken at points when there is growth in<br />

the splinters. This means that the readings are composed <strong>of</strong> AE from<br />

both rubbing and damage growth. Thus, spikes are observed rather than<br />

a permanent increase. The reader is reminded that measurements are<br />

made at 5-minute intervals, or every 300 cycles; hence, the probability <strong>of</strong><br />

recording AE from damage growth is low.<br />

In the interval between cycles 15k to 18.6k cycles, a large splinter<br />

on the right side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot forms. The splinter, depicted in<br />

Fig. 5.22a, causes both the upward and downward bending stinesses to<br />

drop. As a consequence, the displacement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator increases<br />

abruptly. The abrupt displacement increase is labelled as step (or<br />

event) A in Fig. 5.21. The formation <strong>of</strong> the splinter is accompanied by an<br />

increase in the AE energy and an abrupt jump in the AE hit count.<br />

Within a few cycles after the formation <strong>of</strong> the splinter, or when 21.6k<br />

fatigue cycles have been applied, the outer woven layers on the left side<br />

delaminate from the unidirectional layers. The delamination crack begins<br />

from the splinter crack and grows for undetermined number <strong>of</strong> cycles. The<br />

number <strong>of</strong> cycles is undetermined because it is not possible to establish if<br />

and when the crack growth stops using visual inspection. In each cycle,<br />

when the crack opens an audible AE is produced. Due to this and also<br />

because the crack grows over time, the AE energy increases. From 21.6k to


116 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)Right side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot under<br />

static loading.<br />

(b)Left side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot under<br />

static loading.<br />

Figure 5.22<br />

The left and right sides <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot after cyclic testing.<br />

28.5k cycles the AE energy increases at a relatively steady high rate, but<br />

then it becomes constant. At 28.5k cycles a medium-sized splinter forms on<br />

the left side. The splinter, shown in Fig. 5.22b, does not aect the bending<br />

stinesses and is not detectable in the evolution <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the AE features.<br />

At 33.9k cycles there is an abrupt jump in the AE energy and over the<br />

next 4.1k cycles the energy falls by 50% <strong>of</strong> the jump. Shortly after that,<br />

or at 40.2k cycles, another abrupt jump in the AE energy occurs. From<br />

this point the energy reduces initially at a high rate, but the rate decreases<br />

temporarily at 41.7k cycles, and increases again at 55.2k cycles for 900<br />

cycles. After this, the energy reduces at a low rate until the reduction<br />

ceases, at 64.8k cycles The two abrupt jumps in the energy, at 33.9k and<br />

40.2k cycles, are not accompanied by any changes in the bending stinesses.<br />

Subtle changes, however, can be detected in the slope <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count,<br />

duration, and the signal's entropy at 40.2k cycles.<br />

At 72k cycles, the left half <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot delaminates. This results<br />

in a drop in the bending stinesses. The corresponding abrupt displacement<br />

increase is labelled as event B in Fig. 5.21. Abrupt jumps in the<br />

AE energy, AE hit count and the signal's entropy are also observed. The<br />

average duration, however, does not jump abruptly, but instead increases<br />

at a higher rate.<br />

The average duration <strong>of</strong> each measurement does not provide much information;<br />

in fact, the curve looks similar to the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit<br />

counts with the abrupt jumps removed. As expected, based on the cor-


5.5 Case Study 117<br />

(a)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count.<br />

(b)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the cumulative AE<br />

hit count.<br />

(c)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the energy<br />

(d)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the average duration<br />

(e)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the average amplitude<br />

(f)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the signal's entropy<br />

Figure 5.23 The evolution <strong>of</strong> selected AE features throughout one fatigue test.<br />

The grey area for each feature represents all values which lie within one standard<br />

deviation from the mean (black curve). The mean is computed by averaging the<br />

evolution curves from all other feet.


118 Chapter 5. Results<br />

relation calculations in Sect. 5.3, the curve showing the evolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

signal's entropy is nearly identical to the one showing the evolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

AE hit counts, except it has fewer uctuations. The cumulative AE hit<br />

count, presented in Fig. 5.23b, is a commonly used parameter for the study<br />

<strong>of</strong> acoustic emission. Although the cumulative sum contains the same information<br />

as the AE hit counts, the information provided by subtle slope<br />

changes, small jumps, and uctuations is harder to detect. One can observe<br />

from the gure that the curve can be divided into three segments,<br />

each with a dierent slope. The slope changes occur at events A and B.<br />

However, the AE hit count, shown in Fig. 5.23a, is the slope <strong>of</strong> the curve<br />

in Fig. 5.23b at every measurement. The AE hit count is absolute in that<br />

it does not depend on prior values, but each value <strong>of</strong> the cumulative curve<br />

depends on all prior values. This means that missing or late measurements<br />

do not aect the results when monitoring the AE hit count, but the slope<br />

<strong>of</strong> the cumulative curve is a function <strong>of</strong> the frequency <strong>of</strong> the measurements,<br />

i.e. dierent curves are obtained by summing up the AE hit counts from<br />

measurements made at dierent or irregular intervals. Hence, the cumulative<br />

AE hit count works best when the interval between the measurements<br />

can be xed.<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the average amplitude, depicted in Fig. 5.23e, is strongly<br />

correlated with the AE energy on a decibel scale, shown in Fig. 5.23e. The<br />

Pearson and Spearman correlation coecients for the two curves are 0.88<br />

and 0.92 respectively.<br />

Figure 5.24 shows the evolution <strong>of</strong> the total number <strong>of</strong> observations for<br />

the same four patterns as those studied in Sect. 5.3. The histograms at<br />

50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized lifetime (see Fig. 5.19) overlap slightly<br />

for each pattern. As a result there is a small probability <strong>of</strong> error, but the<br />

Bayes optimal decision boundary gives the lowest probability <strong>of</strong> error. The<br />

green line is the Bayes optimal decision boundary between the histograms<br />

at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized lifetime.<br />

By classifying between the histograms at 50% and 95% <strong>of</strong> the normalized<br />

lifetime, three out <strong>of</strong> four patterns can be used to issue a timely<br />

warning before the 10% displacement failure criterion is met. The classi-<br />

er, however, is not able to issue an early warning before the delamination<br />

which occurs after 72k cycles, or at step B.<br />

Figure 5.25 shows the evolution <strong>of</strong> the test static used for AE-based


5.5 Case Study 119<br />

(a)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences<br />

<strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 87.<br />

(b)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences<br />

<strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 94.<br />

(c)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences<br />

<strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 95.<br />

(d)The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences<br />

<strong>of</strong> trough-to-peak pattern<br />

no. 102.<br />

Figure 5.24 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences for four trough-to-peak<br />

(ISI) patterns computed from the AE segments. The grey area for each pattern<br />

represents all values which lie within one standard deviation from the mean (black<br />

curve). The mean is computed by averaging the evolution curves from all other<br />

feet.<br />

failure detection. The test static is based on the AE hit count and the<br />

threshold for failure is T = 3.000e10 (see Sect. 5.4). The failure criterion<br />

correctly detects when the displacement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator has<br />

changed by more than 10% from the initial value.


120 Chapter 5. Results<br />

Figure 5.25<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count-based test static.


5.5 Case Study 121<br />

5.5.3 AE Feature Tracking<br />

The approach used in the above study to extract the AE features and visualize<br />

their evolution can be formulated as a special case <strong>of</strong> the methodology<br />

described in Sect. 3.4, i.e. using one interval (K = 1) and full bandwidth<br />

(N = 1). This produces the results presented above. By dividing the measurement<br />

segments into shorter intervals, the dimension <strong>of</strong> time within a<br />

segment is added to the analysis. Furthermore, by bandpass ltering the<br />

signal and studying each subband separately the results are divided into<br />

N dierent subresults, one for each subband. This dierent approach for<br />

quantifying the AE features requires a dierent visualization method to<br />

interpret the results. In Sect. 3.4 a 2D intensity image for each subband is<br />

proposed.<br />

In this study, which was presented in <strong>Monitoring</strong> The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual<br />

AE Sources in Cyclically loaded FRP <strong>Composites</strong> , the reference<br />

16, 20<br />

signal is the phase <strong>of</strong> the position <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator. Because the<br />

position is at constant angular velocity it is converted to cycle time. The<br />

cycle time starts at the lowest position <strong>of</strong> the actuator, or at 0 ◦ phase angle.<br />

The AE signal is bandpass ltered into N = 19 subbands, each with 33 kHz<br />

bandwidth. A phaseless ltering is used in order to avoid phase delay. 167<br />

The removal <strong>of</strong> phase delay is important in interpreting and comparing the<br />

results from one subband against the results from another. Each subband<br />

segment is divided into K = 200 equally-sized intervals before extracting<br />

the spectrum entropy from each interval. The maximum amplitude <strong>of</strong> the<br />

rectied signal in each interval is used to generate the feature vector. The<br />

procedure is explained in Fig. 3.15.<br />

Figure 5.26 shows the resulting intensity image for the 133166 kHz<br />

subband and also the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE energy and the AE hit count<br />

from each segment. The AE energy and the hit count are computed as<br />

before, i.e. using the full signal's bandwidth. Figure 5.27 shows four more<br />

intensity images corresponding to the 266300 kHz, 366400 kHz, 466<br />

500 kHz and 566600 kHz subbands. By comparing the evolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

AE energy and the AE hit count in Fig. 5.26 against the intensity images<br />

depicted in Fig. 5.26 and Fig. 5.27, one can see that the intensity images<br />

facilitate a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the changes which are occurring in the<br />

material.<br />

The steep increase in the AE energy early in the fatigue test is at-


122 Chapter 5. Results<br />

Figure 5.26 The resulting intensity image for the 133166 kHz subband. Each<br />

value in the image is the maximum amplitude in the corresponding interval. Also<br />

depicted is the evolution <strong>of</strong> the total AE energy and AE hit count from each<br />

segment (computed using the signal's full bandwidth).<br />

tributed to formation <strong>of</strong> small splinters on the side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. In<br />

each fatigue cycle these splinters rub against the toe-foot component and<br />

occasionally grow. The AE from these splinters is presented as a growing<br />

cluster in the upper left corner <strong>of</strong> the intensity image depicted in Fig. 5.26.<br />

The cluster is circled and labelled a.<br />

At 12.3k and 13.2k cycles two spikes are observed in the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the AE energy. These spikes are due to the formation <strong>of</strong> a medium-sized<br />

splinter on the right side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot. Although the AE energy<br />

only shows two spikes, one can see, from the intensity images, two new<br />

paths initiate at this time from within the cluster labelled a (Fig. 5.26).<br />

The paths are circled and labelled b (Fig. 5.27d).<br />

A large splinter on the left side <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot forms during the<br />

period from 15k to 18.6k cycles. The splinter causes a drop in both bending<br />

stinesses and can be detected as a subtle change in the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE<br />

energy, but as an abrupt jump in the AE hit count (labeled A in Fig. 5.26.<br />

In the intensity images, this event can be detected by the formation <strong>of</strong> new<br />

paths and a sudden change in the left path <strong>of</strong> the two circled and labelled<br />

b (Fig. 5.27d). The left path changes its course, shifts to the left and<br />

disappears. Within a few hundred cycles after the formation <strong>of</strong> the splinter,


5.5 Case Study 123<br />

the woven layers at the left bottom <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot delaminate from<br />

the unidirectional layers. The delamination crack opens every time that<br />

the heel's actuator is nearly fully loaded and an audible AE is generated.<br />

The crack grows and the AE energy increases at a steady high rate. The<br />

AE from the delamination crack resides in the lower frequency bands and<br />

can be observed in the boxed area labelled c (Fig. 5.26). In the 133<br />

166 kHz subband, the AE from the delamination crack masks out other<br />

AE. However, the AE is bandlimited; hence, dierent frequency bands can<br />

be used to monitor some <strong>of</strong> the masked-out damages, e.g. the circled paths<br />

labelled b and d (Fig. 5.27d).<br />

At 28.5k cycles a medium-sized splinter forms on the left side <strong>of</strong> the<br />

split-toe foot. The formation cannot be detected from the the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the AE energy, AE hit count nor the bending stinesses. The AE emitted<br />

from the splinter is masked out in the 133166 kHz subband, but can be<br />

detected and monitored in intensity images for the higher frequency bands.<br />

The corresponding evolution path is circled and labelled d in Fig. 5.27d.<br />

By studying dierent subbands, one can in some cases detect and distinguish<br />

between damages that emit bandlimited AE signals at the same<br />

time, but are evolving in dierent directions, as can be seen by comparing<br />

the circled paths labelled e in Fig. 5.27b and Fig. 5.27c. Most <strong>of</strong> the energy<br />

from the frictional AE caused by the rubbing <strong>of</strong> the splinters is located<br />

in the lower frequencies. The boxed region labelled f ( Fig. 5.27a) shows<br />

where the frictional AE is located within the fatigue cycles. In addition to<br />

the frictional AE, the splinters also, for a limited time, produce strong AE<br />

at the end <strong>of</strong> their push-out movement (the circled paths labelled b and d<br />

in Fig. 5.27d) and also when they snap back in (the boxed area labelled g<br />

in Fig. 5.27d).<br />

The two abrupt jumps in the AE energy and amplitude at 33.9k and<br />

40.2k cycles are accompanied only by subtle changes in the slope <strong>of</strong> the<br />

other AE features, but no changes in the bending stinesses. The intensity<br />

images, however, show the initiation <strong>of</strong> two paths originating from<br />

within the area where the frictional AE from the splinters is located. The<br />

beginnings <strong>of</strong> the paths are circled and labelled h and i in Fig. 5.27b.<br />

In the rst half <strong>of</strong> the segment in which the rst path starts (labelled<br />

h in Fig. 5.27b), a high amplitude AE can be observed in the intensity<br />

image for the 133166 kHz subband (Fig. 5.26). This portion is circled


124 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)Intensity image for the 266300 kHz<br />

subband.<br />

(b)Intensity image for the 366400 kHz<br />

subband.<br />

(c)Intensity image for the 466500 kHz<br />

subband.<br />

(d)Intensity image for the 566600 kHz<br />

subband.<br />

Figure 5.27 The resulting intensity images for four selected subbands. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on the amplitude in the corresponding interval.<br />

and labelled j. Furthermore, two evolving high amplitude paths end in<br />

this portion. Simultaneously with the initiation <strong>of</strong> the second path, labelled<br />

i (Fig. 5.27b), another high amplitude AE path initiates in the rst half <strong>of</strong><br />

the loading cycle. The path can be seen in all subbands. The beginning<br />

<strong>of</strong> the path is circled and labelled k in Fig. 5.26. The two paths, labelled<br />

h and i (Fig. 5.27b), evolve asymptotically towards a line close to and<br />

parallel to the 750 ms line, labelled n in Fig. 5.26. Initially the paths<br />

evolve at a high rate but as they approach the line the rate decreases. The


5.5 Case Study 125<br />

vertical asymptote line is located where the tensional, compressional and<br />

shear stresses change their signs. This location in the fatigue cycle acts as<br />

an attractor for most evolving AE sources in the left half <strong>of</strong> the intensity<br />

images, i.e. during the downward movement <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator.<br />

Conversely, during the upward movement <strong>of</strong> the actuator, the so-called<br />

attractor is around 250 ms, shown by a line labelled m in Fig. 5.26. As can<br />

be observed in the gure, the attractor is oset to the right. This is because<br />

the the loading is not symmetrical around the 500 ms (see Fig. 5.11).<br />

The left half <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot delaminates at 72k cycles. This event<br />

(labelled B in Fig. 5.26) can be observed in the evolution <strong>of</strong> all AE features<br />

and also in the downward bending stiness. After the delamination,<br />

a high amplitude AE is generated in a large portion <strong>of</strong> each cycle and in<br />

all subbands. During the 12k cycles leading up to the delamination the<br />

AE activity, as indicated by the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE features in Fig. 5.23,<br />

remains at a relatively steady level. However, the intensity images show<br />

few changes which can be interpreted as warnings. First, several new highamplitude<br />

paths start during this period. These paths are circled and<br />

labelled l, o and p in Figs. 5.26, 5.27c and 5.27d. Second, during this period<br />

one can observe that the path which began in the circled area labelled<br />

h moves one step closer to the 750 ms line.<br />

The AE energy feature produces nearly identical results to those presented<br />

here. Both the maximum amplitude and the AE energy are computed<br />

without any adjusting parameters. Figure 5.28a and Fig.5.28b show<br />

results computed using the ring-down counts and the duration <strong>of</strong> the hit<br />

with the maximum amplitude in each interval respectively. In order to<br />

compute the features, the determination threshold, T AE , is set to 3 mV.<br />

These images do not have as well dened paths as the images presented<br />

above, but dierent features can reveal new patterns (e.g. the circled path<br />

labelled q in Fig. 5.28a). The main challenge in using this approach for<br />

threshold-based features is the task <strong>of</strong> adjusting, for each subband, the<br />

trough-to-peak threshold, T tp , used for locating hits from the detection<br />

function, and the determination threshold, T AE , used both for determining<br />

hits and for extracting the threshold-based features.


126 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)Intensity image computed using the<br />

ring-down counts <strong>of</strong> the hit with the<br />

maximum amplitude in each interval.<br />

(b)Intensity image computed using the<br />

duration <strong>of</strong> the hit with the maximum<br />

amplitude in each interval.<br />

Figure 5.28 Two intensity images, for the 133166 kHz subband, made using<br />

threshold-based AE features. The brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on the value<br />

<strong>of</strong> the AE feature in the corresponding interval.<br />

5.5.4 AE Pattern Tracking<br />

This case study ends with an investigation into whether AE-hit patterns<br />

can be used to improve the tracking results presented above. This investigation<br />

was presented in On Using AE Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong> Cyclically<br />

15, 18<br />

Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong>. The segmentation and subband ltering are performed<br />

as above with N = 19 subbands. The AE hits are located and determined<br />

using the time domain detection function described in Sect. 3.2.1. The<br />

trough-to-peak threshold, T tp , is adjusted for each subband so that the<br />

average number <strong>of</strong> hits in the rst 5 measurements is around 10.000. In<br />

other words, the average pulse duration in each subband is 0.1 ms. By using<br />

these settings small pulsations in the AE signal's amplitude are detected<br />

as hits. In order to determine hits, the determination threshold, T AE , is<br />

set to 3 mV. Two dierent coding representations are studied: one using<br />

only ISI information, and another using both ISI and the peak amplitude<br />

<strong>of</strong> the hits. The values <strong>of</strong> N ISI and N AMP are both set to 10, and K = 200<br />

intervals are used when computing the feature vectors. The resulting feature<br />

vector for each pattern contains the total number <strong>of</strong> observations in<br />

each interval. In order to ght the curse <strong>of</strong> dimensionality only two pattern


5.5 Case Study 127<br />

lengths are used for both coding representations: L = 2 and L = 4.<br />

ISI coding<br />

Approximately 60 patterns are obtained for each subband using ISI coding.<br />

However, only a handful <strong>of</strong> them produce intensity images with detectable<br />

paths, which can be used to track the locations <strong>of</strong> the AE sources. Figure<br />

5.29 shows an example <strong>of</strong> two such images.<br />

(a)An intensity image for an ISI pattern<br />

which does not show any paths.<br />

(b)An intensity image for an ISI pattern<br />

which does not show any paths.<br />

Figure 5.29 Two intensity images which have no detectable paths. The brightness<br />

<strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed in the corresponding<br />

interval.<br />

Figure 5.30 shows intensity images for four handpicked patterns. As one<br />

can observe, the circled paths labelled 1, 2, 3 and 6 in the gure are the<br />

same paths as those depicted in Fig. 5.26 and Fig. 5.27. However, further<br />

comparison <strong>of</strong> the images, in these three gures, shows that only small<br />

portions <strong>of</strong> the circled paths labelled 4 and 5 in Fig. 5.30 can be detected<br />

in the other two gures. Consequently, by using AE patterns based on<br />

the ISI, more dened and more visually detectable paths can be detected.<br />

These paths can be used to locate AE sources for tracking and for detailed<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> their AE signals.<br />

Figure 5.30b and Fig. 5.30c show that dierent patterns may be used<br />

to monitor the same AE source. This is because the ISI, as used here, is


128 Chapter 5. Results<br />

the based on the time between the small pulsations in the AE amplitude;<br />

hence, the AE emitted from a source may contain several patterns.<br />

The intensity images for some patterns do not have any prominent<br />

paths, but instead clusters. An example <strong>of</strong> such an image is shown in<br />

Fig. 5.30d. The high values in this image are clustered where the frictional<br />

AE is emitted; hence, some patterns may be used to monitor the frictional<br />

AE.<br />

(a)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

333366 kHz subband.<br />

(b)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

133166 kHz subband.<br />

(c)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

366400 kHz subband.<br />

(d)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

366400 kHz subband.<br />

Figure 5.30 Intensity images corresponding to four selected ISI patterns. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed in the corresponding<br />

interval.


5.5 Case Study 129<br />

ISI/Peak Amplitude Coding<br />

By combining the ISI coding with the peak amplitude and searching for<br />

patterns <strong>of</strong> length L = 2 and L = 4, the total number <strong>of</strong> patterns increases<br />

up to approximately 600 patterns for each subband. The increase is a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> quantization levels used for the amplitude,N AMP .<br />

Figure 5.31 shows intensity images corresponding to four handpicked<br />

patterns. The circled paths labelled I, III and IV can also be detected in<br />

the images obtained using only ISI coding (see Fig. 5.30b). However, these<br />

paths are more prominent in Fig. 5.31. This is because the addition <strong>of</strong><br />

the peak amplitude works like a lter. The observations <strong>of</strong> patterns with<br />

certain ISI coding are divided between patterns with the same ISI coding,<br />

but dierent amplitude coding. As a result, the number <strong>of</strong> AE patterns is<br />

higher. This ltering also helps to detect patterns which would otherwise<br />

pass undetected, e.g. the circled paths labelled II in Fig. 5.31b.<br />

By visually inspecting the intensity images for dierent patterns and<br />

extracting prominent paths, e.g. those circled in Fig. 5.31, a composite<br />

image can be made by piecing together the individual paths. Figure 5.32<br />

shows a composite image, made by picking out, overlaying and enhancing<br />

paths extracted from 32 handpicked intensity images. The images are from<br />

all subbands. On the right side the composite image is the evolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

AE energy in each segment.<br />

A comparison <strong>of</strong> the intensity images in Fig. 5.30 with the intensity<br />

image in Fig. 5.32 reveals that the addition <strong>of</strong> the peak amplitude makes<br />

it possible to track the evolution <strong>of</strong> several AE sources after the left half<br />

<strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot delaminates at 72k cycles. The tracking improvement<br />

can also be observed by comparing the 750-1000 ms region <strong>of</strong> the images<br />

(where the frictional AE due to the rubbing <strong>of</strong> the splinters is located). In<br />

this region <strong>of</strong> the fatigue cycle, the initiation <strong>of</strong> 3 paths can be observed<br />

(indicated by arrows). Furthermore, the rst path, which starts at event<br />

A, can now be tracked until shortly before the delamination <strong>of</strong> the left<br />

half. Based on these results, it can be deduced that the splinters initiate<br />

damages which grow until delamination occurs.


130 Chapter 5. Results<br />

(a)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

100133 kHz subband.<br />

(b)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

100133 kHz subband.<br />

(c)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

133166 kHz subband.<br />

(d)Intensity image for a pattern in the<br />

133166 kHz subband.<br />

Figure 5.31 Intensity images corresponding to four handpicked patterns. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed in the corresponding<br />

interval.<br />

5.5.5 Discussion and Summary<br />

The results <strong>of</strong> the case study show that the AE hit patterns can be used<br />

to provide an early warning before the 10% displacement criterion is met,<br />

and that the AE failure criterion, presented in Sect. 5.4, successfully detects<br />

failure at the same time as the 10% displacement failure criterion.


5.5 Case Study 131<br />

Figure 5.32 A composite image made by overlaying and enhancing the results<br />

from 32 patterns (left) and the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE energy (right)<br />

The results also show that none <strong>of</strong> the AE features studied here can be<br />

used to give timely warnings about the delamination which occurs at step<br />

B when the method <strong>of</strong> extracting one AE feature from each segment and<br />

studying its evolution is used. The abrupt jumps in the AE energy (and the<br />

average amplitude) at 33.9k and 40.2k cycles may perhaps be considered<br />

as early warning signs. However, because the AE energy decreases rapidly<br />

after the jumps and no signicant changes are observed in the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the other AE features, nor in either <strong>of</strong> the bending stinesses, nor from the<br />

visual tests, the potential warning signs cannot be interpreted or veried.<br />

In order to extract more information from the AE signal using these same<br />

features, it was concluded that they must be quantied and presented<br />

dierently, e.g. using the methodology for tracking AE sources, described<br />

in Sect. 3.4.<br />

The nal part <strong>of</strong> the case study presents the results from an investigation<br />

into whether this methodology could be used to provide information<br />

for the interpretation <strong>of</strong> the potential warning signs mentioned above. In<br />

other words, the aim was to investigate if the results could be used to answer<br />

questions such as whether a growing, steady or decreasing feature size<br />

is due to friction, damage growth, or both?<br />

The results obtained by using either the AE energy, or the maximum


132 Chapter 5. Results<br />

amplitude, in each interval show that valuable information about the location<br />

and the evolution <strong>of</strong> multiple AE sources can be obtained. The sources<br />

are identied and monitored using the paths in the resulting intensity images.<br />

Furthermore, by bandpass ltering the AE signal and studying each<br />

subband separately, band-limited AE sources can be identied and monitored.<br />

These sources may otherwise pass unnoticed.<br />

From the resulting intensity images, the initiation <strong>of</strong> two AE sources was<br />

identied and tracked until delamination <strong>of</strong> the foot. Visual inspection <strong>of</strong><br />

the intensity images revealed that the corresponding paths initiated from<br />

where the AE from the splinters was located. This suggested that the<br />

corresponding damages were caused by the splinters. Hence, the paths can<br />

be used to signicantly improve our understanding <strong>of</strong> the changes occurring<br />

in the material, and lead to more focused analysis <strong>of</strong> the AE signal. The<br />

analysis becomes more focused and detailed because it is possible to locate<br />

the AE from one particular AE source in the subband <strong>of</strong> interest. This<br />

means that the detection <strong>of</strong> paths is important for all further analysis and<br />

interpretation <strong>of</strong> the AE signal. In addition, because the intensity images<br />

obtained using one type <strong>of</strong> AE feature do not reveal all existing patterns,<br />

other features must also be used.<br />

Consequently, as a part <strong>of</strong> the investigation, hit-based AE features and<br />

AE pattern features were studied for the purpose <strong>of</strong> identifying new paths.<br />

The results obtained using hit-based features indicate that they are not<br />

good for this task. However, the results show that the AE patterns made<br />

from inter-spike intervals (ISI) can be used to track the locations <strong>of</strong> AE<br />

sources. The paths obtained using the patterns are nearly the same as the<br />

those obtained using the AE energy. These results are especially interesting<br />

since the study <strong>of</strong> the ISI as a feature to track AE sources has, to the best<br />

<strong>of</strong> the authors' knowledge, not previously been reported.<br />

A signicant improvement in the source tracking using a AE pattern<br />

features is accomplished by combining the ISI information with the peak<br />

amplitude <strong>of</strong> each hit. This is because the addition <strong>of</strong> the amplitude acts<br />

like a lter on the results obtained using ISI patterns. Hence, by adding<br />

the peak amplitude it is possible to track sources when there is very high<br />

AE activity, for example when delamination or rubbing have occurred.


"All great truths are simple in nal analysis,<br />

and easily understood; if they are not, they<br />

are not great truths."<br />

Napoleon Hill<br />

6 Conclusion<br />

This thesis investigated the acquisition, processing and presentation <strong>of</strong><br />

acoustic emissions generated during cyclic loading <strong>CFRP</strong> composites with<br />

the aim <strong>of</strong> using them to identify early signs <strong>of</strong> impending failure.<br />

In order to achieve the objective <strong>of</strong> the thesis, an experimental setup was<br />

designed and implemented to acquire the acoustic emissions during multiaxial<br />

cyclic loading <strong>of</strong> 75 nominally identical samples <strong>of</strong> the prosthetic foot<br />

Vari-ex. The Vari-ex is a bolted assembly <strong>of</strong> three <strong>CFRP</strong> components<br />

which are curved with both varying thickness and width. Two pneumatic<br />

actuators were used to ex the feet, which were slightly rotated out <strong>of</strong> the<br />

plane dened by the movement <strong>of</strong> the actuators. Consequently, the feet<br />

were simultaneously subjected to compression, tension, shear and torsion<br />

stresses which changed their signs in each cycle. The positions and loading<br />

applied by the actuators were acquired synchronously with the acoustic<br />

emissions.<br />

Five research steps were carried out on the acquired experimental data.<br />

The results obtained from these steps are the main contributions <strong>of</strong> this<br />

thesis, and will be discussed in the next section. The chapter, and this<br />

thesis, ends with a section in which directions for future research are outlined.


134 Chapter 6. Conclusion<br />

6.1 Contributions<br />

The rst contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis, presented in Sect. 3.2, is the formulation<br />

<strong>of</strong> an approach for locating and determining AE hits in the acquired<br />

AE signal. A new approach was necessary because threshold-based hit<br />

detection, with a xed or a oating threshold, was not suitable. Fixed<br />

thresholds are set at the start <strong>of</strong> the monitoring, i.e. tuned to the noise<br />

level <strong>of</strong> the AE signal. As the material degrades and AE is generated by<br />

the cumulative damage, the AE signal level increases and the threshold<br />

cannot be used to pick out individual hits. Furthermore, the xed threshold<br />

cannot be used to distinguish between hits when a burst <strong>of</strong> strong,<br />

slightly overlapping AE is encountered. This type <strong>of</strong> burst was commonly<br />

observed in the AE measurements and was generated by the rubbing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

splinters. The increase in AE signal strength over time was due to cumulated<br />

damage, but not noise. For this reason, a oating threshold was not<br />

suitable. Furthermore, because the strength <strong>of</strong> the AE emissions varied<br />

within each cycle, it was dicult to set the appropriate response time <strong>of</strong><br />

the oating threshold. If the response was set too fast the threshold was<br />

aected by strong transients. The approach presented in this thesis was designed<br />

to overcome the abovementioned limitations <strong>of</strong> the threshold-based<br />

approaches. However, the approach has, intuitively, its own limitations.<br />

These include the tuning <strong>of</strong> the parameters used and the required computational<br />

load. The hit determination in the time domain, which is based on<br />

the signal's energy, has a signicantly lower computational load than the<br />

STFT-based determination in the time-frequency domain. Furthermore,<br />

it does not suer from the time-frequency trade-o associated with the<br />

STFT.<br />

The second contribution is the proposition and formulation <strong>of</strong> two new<br />

AE features: the inter-spike intervals (ISI) and the AE hit patterns. These<br />

features were used in two studies presented in Chapter 5 (Sect. 5.3 and<br />

Sect. 5.5). The favourable results show that there is valuable information<br />

contained within these features. Although the results were based on a<br />

combination <strong>of</strong> these features, i.e. the patterns made by the ISI were<br />

investigated, this does not in any way undermine the information provided<br />

by the ISI feature alone and its variant, the trough-to-peak interval. This<br />

is because the AE hit pattern feature does not add any information; it<br />

is a technique for: a) fusing the features extracted from each AE hit, b)


6.1 Contributions 135<br />

combining the fused data from all hits, and c) nding and locating patterns<br />

which appear within the fused data representation.<br />

The third contribution is the results <strong>of</strong> the study presented in Sect. 5.3.<br />

In this study, the average evolution <strong>of</strong> several AE features was computed<br />

for the purpose <strong>of</strong> estimating the feature's probability distribution, at each<br />

percent <strong>of</strong> the lifetime. The probability distribution was then evaluated<br />

to determine whether it could be used to provide timely warning <strong>of</strong> impending<br />

failures in <strong>CFRP</strong> composites. The failure was dened by the 10%<br />

displacement-based failure criterion. The results show that, <strong>of</strong> all the AE<br />

features studied, only a few trough-to-peak patterns can be used to issue<br />

early failure warnings. The evolution curves <strong>of</strong> these patterns have<br />

a salient slope change at around 60% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime, but the curves <strong>of</strong><br />

other AE features have only a signicant change in the last 10-5% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

fatigue life. The meaning <strong>of</strong> the patterns was not explored. The results<br />

also revealed a strong correlation between the AE hit count and the signal's<br />

entropy. These results are interesting, because in order to compute<br />

the signal's entropy only one parameter needed to be set: the number <strong>of</strong><br />

bins in the histogram, whereas in order to locate and determine the hits<br />

using the STFT approach, several parameters needed to be set. In addition,<br />

the computational cost required to compute the signal's entropy is<br />

substantially less than that needed to determine and count the AE hits.<br />

Although the results showed that early warning <strong>of</strong> impending failure<br />

could be issued, it was recognized that the approach was based on an<br />

estimated probability distribution; hence, not all imminent failures were<br />

detected in advance <strong>of</strong> their occurrence. For this reason it was deemed<br />

necessary to design a failure criterion for the detection <strong>of</strong> all failures. From<br />

the study <strong>of</strong> the evolution <strong>of</strong> the dierent AE features it was observed that<br />

the AE hit counts, energy and the signal's entropy increased exponentially<br />

during the last 3% <strong>of</strong> the lifetime. The exponential increase was associated<br />

with rapid damage growth. A further study revealed that the signal's<br />

behaviour within each fatigue cycle could be associated with four dierent<br />

phases <strong>of</strong> the cycle. Subsequent, nite element analysis showed that the<br />

four phases were directly related to the evolution <strong>of</strong> the stresses within<br />

the material. Based on these results, an AE-based failure criterion was<br />

designed to be equivalent to the 10% displacement failure criterion used<br />

in this work. The AE-based failure criterion, presented in Sect. 5.4, is the<br />

fourth contribution <strong>of</strong> this thesis.


136 Chapter 6. Conclusion<br />

The fth and nal, and perhaps the most signicant contribution <strong>of</strong><br />

this thesis is the methodology presented and formulated in Sect. 3.4. The<br />

methodology is designed for processing, presenting and quantifying AE<br />

data so that it can be used to identify multiple AE sources and track<br />

their locations relative to the phase <strong>of</strong> a reference signal. A study was<br />

conducted to investigate the hypothesis that the methodology could be<br />

used to improve the method for issuing early warnings by facilitating early<br />

damage diagnosis and failure prognosis. The results showed that, by using<br />

this methodology, both frictional AE and AE from evolving damage growth<br />

could be identied, located and tracked. Furthermore, because AE from<br />

specic AE sources can be identied and isolated, further analysis <strong>of</strong> the AE<br />

can be made more eective. Hence, the results conrmed the hypothesis.<br />

6.2 Directions for Future Research<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> the methodology designed for tracking AE sources is limited<br />

neither to AE signals nor to periodic reference signals. It can be used to<br />

study changes, or artifacts, in other signals using either periodic or aperiodic<br />

reference signals. Examples <strong>of</strong> signals which can be studied include<br />

AE from relays and valves (aperiodic), vibrational data, ECG, EEG, etc.<br />

The methodology, however, was not fully developed in this thesis. It is<br />

recommended that future research and development should address the<br />

following issues.<br />

First, the methodology does not currently address the problem that<br />

arises when either (or both) the upper or the lower limit <strong>of</strong> the dynamic<br />

range <strong>of</strong> the reference signal changes. Furthermore, if one wishes to use a<br />

reference signal other than relative time, e.g. load or displacement, then<br />

the methodology must also be to deal with a variable rate in the reference<br />

signal.<br />

Second, all further analysis <strong>of</strong> the AE signal strongly depends on the<br />

detection <strong>of</strong> evolving paths in the intensity images. For this reason, different<br />

signal and image processing techniques should be investigated at<br />

each step <strong>of</strong> the methodology, from subband ltering to feature extraction,<br />

and from feature extraction to the generation <strong>of</strong> the nal intensity images.<br />

The investigation should also include a further in-depth study <strong>of</strong> AE features,<br />

e.g. the eect <strong>of</strong> using dierent coding for the hit pattern feature or


6.2 Directions for Future Research 137<br />

dierent pattern lengths.<br />

Third, there is much room for automation. For example, in this thesis<br />

useful hit patterns for AE tracking were identied and selected manually<br />

through visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the intensity images. It is unlikely that the<br />

same patterns will be useful for other test specimens. Furthermore, evolving<br />

paths only appear in certain intensity images, depending both on the<br />

type <strong>of</strong> feature and on the subband. Hence, for a successful application <strong>of</strong><br />

the methodology one may be required to visually inspect a large number<br />

<strong>of</strong> intensity images within a limited amount <strong>of</strong> time, and perform an analysis.<br />

It would therefore be useful to develop a technique for automatically<br />

detecting paths and patterns in the intensity images.


This page intentionally left blank.


Bibliography<br />

[1] J. Degrieck and W. V. Paepegem, Fatigue damage modeling <strong>of</strong><br />

bre-reinforced composite materials: Review, Applied Mechanics<br />

Reviews, vol. 54, no. 4, pp. 279300, 2001.<br />

[2] W. Van Paepegem and J. Degrieck, A new coupled approach <strong>of</strong> residual<br />

stiness and strength for fatigue <strong>of</strong> bre-reinforced composites,<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 24, no. 7, pp. 747762, 2002.<br />

[3] H. G. Halverson, W. A. Curtin, and K. L. Reifsnider, Fatigue life <strong>of</strong><br />

individual composite specimens based on intrinsic fatigue behavior,<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 369377, 1997.<br />

[4] Y. A. Dzenis and J. Qian, Analysis <strong>of</strong> microdamage evolution histories<br />

in composites, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Solids and Structures,<br />

vol. 38, no. 10-13, pp. 18311854, 2001.<br />

[5] M. Wevers, Listening to the sound <strong>of</strong> materials: acoustic emission<br />

for the analysis <strong>of</strong> material behaviour, NDT and E International,<br />

vol. 30, no. 2, pp. 99106, 1997.<br />

[6] A. P. Mouritz, Non-destructive evalutation <strong>of</strong> damage accumulation,<br />

in Fatigue in <strong>Composites</strong> (B. Harris, ed.), pp. 242266, Cambridge:<br />

Woodhead Publishing Ltd., 2003.<br />

[7] M. Giordano, A. Calabro, C. Esposito, A. D'Amore, and L. Nicolais,<br />

An acoustic-emission characterization <strong>of</strong> the failure modes in<br />

polymer-composite materials, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology,<br />

vol. 58, no. 12, pp. 19231928, 1998.<br />

[8] D. Tsamtsakis, M. Wevers, and P. De Meester, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

from <strong>CFRP</strong> Laminates During Fatigue Loading, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced<br />

Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 17, no. 13, pp. 11851201, 1998.


140 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[9] H. Nayeb-Hashemi, P. Kasomino, and N. Saniei, Nondestructive<br />

evaluation <strong>of</strong> berglass reinforced plastic subjected to combined localized<br />

heat damage and fatigue damage using acoustic emission,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Nondestructive Evaluation, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 127137,<br />

1999.<br />

[10] E. R. Green, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission in composite laminates, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Nondestructive Evaluation, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 117127, 1998.<br />

[11] L. A. Duesing, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission testing <strong>of</strong> composite materials,<br />

Reliability and Maintainability Symposium, 1989. Proceedings., Annual,<br />

pp. 128134, 1989.<br />

[12] W. H. Prosser, Applications <strong>of</strong> Advanced Waveform-Based AE<br />

Techniques for Testing Composite Materials, in Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the<br />

SPIE conference on Nondestructive Evaluation Techniques for Aging<br />

Infrastructure and Manufacturing: Materials and <strong>Composites</strong>,<br />

(Scottsdale, Arizona), pp. 146153, 1996.<br />

[13] D. Tsamtsakis, M. Wevers, and P. De Meester, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission<br />

from <strong>CFRP</strong> laminates during fatigue loading, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced<br />

Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 17, no. 13, pp. 11851201, 1998.<br />

[14] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, <strong>Acoustic</strong><br />

<strong>Emission</strong> Based Fatigue Failure Criterion for <strong>CFRP</strong>, International<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 30, no. 1, pp. 1120, 2008.<br />

doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.02.024.<br />

[15] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, On Using<br />

AE Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong> Cyclically Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong>, Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>, vol. 25, no. December-January, pp. 260266,<br />

2007.<br />

[16] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual AE Sources In Cyclically Loaded FRP<br />

<strong>Composites</strong>, Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>, vol. 25, no. December-<br />

January, pp. 253259, 2007.<br />

[17] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, An AE<br />

Feature for Issuing Early Failure Warning <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to<br />

Cyclic Fatigue, (Manuscript submitted for publication in International<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue), 2008. submitted.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 141<br />

[18] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, On Using AE<br />

Hit Patterns for <strong>Monitoring</strong> Cyclically Loaded <strong>CFRP</strong>, in Advances<br />

in AE - 2007 (O. Kanji, ed.), (Lake Tahoe, Nevada, USA), pp. 342<br />

347, AEWG/AE Group, Encino, CA, 2007.<br />

[19] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, AE Entropy<br />

for Condition <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> Subjected to Cyclic Fatigue,<br />

(Manuscript submitted for publication in International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue),<br />

2008.<br />

[20] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Individual AE Sources In Cyclically Loaded FRP<br />

<strong>Composites</strong>, in Advances in AE - 2007 (K. Ono, ed.), (Lake Tahoe,<br />

Nevada, USA), pp. 318323, AEWG/AE Group, Encino, CA, 2007.<br />

[21] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, NDT Methods<br />

for Evaluating Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong>, in CompTest 2004,<br />

Bristol University, 2004.<br />

[22] Incandescent Lamp. Encyclopedia Britannica Online, 2008.<br />

http://search.eb.com/eb/article-9042238.<br />

[23] Materials Science. Encyclopedia Britannica Online, 6 june 2008.<br />

http://search.eb.com/eb/article-32278.<br />

[24] R. J. Diefendorf, Carbon/graphite bers, in <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 1 <strong>of</strong><br />

Engineered Materials Handbook, pp. 4953, Metals Park, OH: ASM<br />

International, 1987.<br />

[25] S. Chand, Review carbon bers for composites, Journal <strong>of</strong> Materials<br />

Science, vol. 35, no. 6, pp. 13031313, 2000.<br />

[26] M. M. Schwartz, Composite Materials - Properties, Nondestructive<br />

Testing, and Repair, vol. 1. Prentice-Hall, 1997.<br />

[27] T. J. Reinhart, Overview <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, in Handbook <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Composites</strong> (S. Peters, ed.), pp. 2134, London: Chapman & Hall,<br />

2nd ed., 1998.<br />

[28] B. G. Kumar, R. P. Singh, and T. Nakamura, Degradation <strong>of</strong> carbon<br />

ber-reinforced epoxy composites by ultraviolet radiation and condensation,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 36, no. 24, pp. 2713<br />

2733, 2002.


142 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[29] S. R. Nutt, Introduction to Constituent Materials, in <strong>Composites</strong><br />

(D. Miracle and S. Donaldson, eds.), vol. 21 <strong>of</strong> ASM Handbook,<br />

pp. 2122, Material Park, OH: ASM International, 2001.<br />

[30] D. J. Dorsey, R. Hebner, and W. S. Charlton, Non-destructive evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> carbon ber composite reinforcement content, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Composite Materials, vol. 38, no. 17, pp. 15051519, 2004.<br />

[31] D. D. L. Chung, Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong>. Newton: Butterworth-<br />

Heinemann, 1994.<br />

[32] P. J. Walsh, Carbon/graphite bers, <strong>Composites</strong> - Engineered Materials<br />

Handbook, vol. 21, pp. 3540, 2001.<br />

[33] N. W. Hansen, Carbon bers, in <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 1 <strong>of</strong> Engineered<br />

Materials Handbook, pp. 112116, Metals Park, OH: ASM International,<br />

1987.<br />

[34] R. R. Hegde, A. Dahiya, and M. G. Kamath, Carbon bers, 2004.<br />

http://www.engr.utk.edu/mse/pages/Textiles/CARBON<br />

[35] C. Landis, T. Cleveland, M. Cloninger, and D. Pollock, Buckyballs,Diamond<br />

and Graphite. Department <strong>of</strong> Chemistry at the University<br />

<strong>of</strong> Wisconsin, 2004.<br />

[36] C. Donghwan, S. H. Yun, J. Kim, S. Lim, M. Park, G.-W. Lee, and S.-<br />

S. Lee, Eects <strong>of</strong> ber surface-treatment and sizing on the dynamic<br />

mechanical and interfacial properties <strong>of</strong> carbon/nylon 6 composites,<br />

Carbon Science, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 15, 2004.<br />

[37] W. D. Bascom, Fiber sizing, in <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 1 <strong>of</strong> Engineered<br />

Materials Handbook, pp. 122124, Metals Park, OH: ASM International,<br />

1987.<br />

[38] S. L. Gao, E. Mader, and S. F. Zhandarov, Carbon bers and<br />

composites with epoxy resins: Topography, fractography and interphases,<br />

Carbon, vol. 42, no. 3, pp. 515529, 2004.<br />

[39] <strong>Composites</strong> One, Composite basics, 2004.<br />

http://www.compositesone.com/basics.htm.<br />

[40] Z. Zhang and G. Hartwig, Relation <strong>of</strong> damping and fatigue damage<br />

<strong>of</strong> unidirectional bre composites, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue,<br />

vol. 24, no. 7, pp. 713718, 2002.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 143<br />

[41] T. D. P. S. C. Barwick, Identication <strong>of</strong> ber misalignment in continuous<br />

ber composites, Polymer <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 24, no. 3, pp. 475<br />

486, 2003.<br />

[42] R. O. Ochola, K. Marcus, G. N. Nurick, and T. Franz, Mechanical<br />

behaviour <strong>of</strong> glass and carbon bre reinforced composites at varying<br />

strain rates, Composite Structures, vol. 63, no. 3-4, pp. 455467,<br />

2004.<br />

[43] V. M. Harik, J. R. Klinger, and T. A. Bogetti, Low cycle fatigue <strong>of</strong><br />

unidirectional laminates: Stress ratio eects, Journal <strong>of</strong> Engineering<br />

Materials and Technology, vol. 122, no. 4, pp. 415419, 2000.<br />

[44] U. Prisco, G. Caprino, and G. Giorleo, Inuence <strong>of</strong> the exibiliser<br />

content on the monotonic and fatigue behaviour <strong>of</strong> a polyester resin<br />

for composites, <strong>Composites</strong> Part A: Applied Science and Manufacturing,<br />

vol. 35, no. 9, pp. 10811089, 2004.<br />

[45] R. D. Adams and P. Cawley, Review <strong>of</strong> defect types and nondestructive<br />

testing techniques for composites and bonded joints, NDT<br />

International, vol. 21, no. 4, pp. 208222, 1988.<br />

[46] R. Olsson, J. Iwarsson, L. G. Melin, A. Sjogren, and J. Solti, Experiments<br />

and analysis <strong>of</strong> laminates with articial damage, <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Science and Technology, vol. 63, no. 2, pp. 199209, 2003.<br />

[47] W. C. Wang, C. H. Day, C. H. Hwang, and T. B. Chiou, Nondestructive<br />

Evaluation <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials by ESPI, Research in<br />

Nondestructive Evaluation, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 115, 1998.<br />

[48] G. D. Tracy, P. Feraboli, and K. T. Kedward, A new mixed mode test<br />

for carbon/epoxy composite systems, <strong>Composites</strong> Part A: Applied<br />

Science and Manufacturing (Incorporating <strong>Composites</strong> and <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Manufacturing), vol. 34, no. 11, pp. 11251131, 2003.<br />

[49] P. J. De Groot, P. A. M. Wijnen, and R. B. F. Janssen, Real-time<br />

frequency determination <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission for dierent fracture<br />

mechanisms in carbon/epoxy composites, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and<br />

Technology, vol. 55, no. 4, pp. 405412, 1995.<br />

[50] V. V. Bolotin, Mechanics <strong>of</strong> delaminations in laminate composite<br />

structures, Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 37, no. 6,<br />

pp. 367380, 2001.


144 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[51] J. Andersons, M. Hojo, and S. Ochiai, Empirical model for stress<br />

ratio eect on fatigue delamination growth rate in composite laminates,<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 26, no. 6, pp. 597604,<br />

2004.<br />

[52] A. Sjogren and L. E. Asp, Eects <strong>of</strong> temperature on delamination<br />

growth in a carbon/epoxy composite under fatigue loading, International<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 24, no. 2-4, pp. 179184, 2002.<br />

[53] M. W. Gaylord, Reinforced Plastics - Theory and practice 2nd ed.<br />

Cahners books, 1974.<br />

[54] N. L. Hancox, Thermal eects on polymer matrix composites: Part<br />

1. thermal cycling, Materials and Design, vol. 19, no. 3, pp. 8591,<br />

1998.<br />

[55] S. R. Ravishankar and C. R. L. Murthy, Characteristics <strong>of</strong> ae signals<br />

obtained during drilling composite laminates, NDT and E International,<br />

vol. 33, no. 5, pp. 341348, 2000.<br />

[56] J. P. Davim, J. C. Rubio, and A. M. Abrao, A novel approach based<br />

on digital image analysis to evaluate the delamination factor after<br />

drilling composite laminates, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology,<br />

vol. 67, no. 9, pp. 19391945, 2007.<br />

[57] K. Maslov, R. Y. Kim, V. K. Kinra, and N. J. Pagano, A new<br />

technique for the ultrasonic detection <strong>of</strong> internal transverse cracks in<br />

carbon-bre/bismaleimide composite laminates, <strong>Composites</strong> Science<br />

and Technology, vol. 60, no. 12-13, pp. 21852190, 2000.<br />

[58] N. P. Avdelidis, D. P. Almond, A. Dobbinson, B. C. Hawtin,<br />

C. Ibarra-Castanedo, and X. Maldague, Aircraft composites assessment<br />

by means <strong>of</strong> transient thermal ndt, Progress in Aerospace Sciences,<br />

vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 143162, 2004.<br />

[59] D. G. Lee, P. J. Kim, and J. K. Choi, Temperature rise and surface<br />

roughness <strong>of</strong> carbon ber epoxy composites during cut-o grinding,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 34, no. 24, pp. 20612080, 2000.<br />

[60] M. V. Hosur, C. R. L. Murthy, T. S. Ramamurthy, and A. Shet, Estimation<br />

<strong>of</strong> impact-induced damage in cfrp laminates through ultrasonic<br />

imaging, NDT and E International, vol. 31, no. 5, pp. 359374,<br />

1998.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 145<br />

[61] C. N. Della and D. Shu, Vibration <strong>of</strong> beams with double delaminations,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Sound and Vibration, vol. 282, no. 3-5, pp. 919935,<br />

2005.<br />

[62] P. B. Gning, M. Tarfaoui, F. Collombet, and P. Davies, Prediction <strong>of</strong><br />

damage in composite cylinders after impact, Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite<br />

Materials, vol. 39, no. 10, pp. 917928, 2005.<br />

[63] C. Baley, Y. Grohens, F. Busnel, and P. Davies, Application <strong>of</strong><br />

interlaminar tests to marine composites. relation between glass -<br />

bre/polymer interfaces and interlaminar properties <strong>of</strong> marine composites,<br />

Applied Composite Materials, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 7798, 2004.<br />

[64] J.-H. Choi and Y.-J. Chun, Failure load prediction <strong>of</strong> mechanically<br />

fastened composite joints, Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 37,<br />

no. 24, pp. 21632177, 2003.<br />

[65] H.-T. Sun, F.-K. Chang, and X. Qing, The response <strong>of</strong> composite<br />

joints with bolt-clamping loads. part i: Model development, Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 4767, 2002.<br />

[66] K.-B. Shin, C.-G. Kim, C.-S. Hong, and H.-H. Lee, Prediction <strong>of</strong><br />

failure thermal cycles in graphite/epoxy composite materials under<br />

simulated low earth orbit environments, <strong>Composites</strong> Part B: Engineering,<br />

vol. 31, no. 3, pp. 223235, 2000.<br />

[67] B. C. Ray, S. Mula, T. Bera, and P. K. Ray, Prior thermal spikes and<br />

thermal shocks on mechanical behavior <strong>of</strong> glass ber-epoxy composites,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 25, no. 2,<br />

pp. 197213, 2006.<br />

[68] K.-B. Shin, C.-G. Kim, and C.-S. Hong, Correlation <strong>of</strong> accelerated<br />

aging test to natural aging test on graphite-epoxy composite materials,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 22, no. 9,<br />

pp. 849861, 2003.<br />

[69] J. Zhou and J. P. Lucas, The eects <strong>of</strong> a water environment on<br />

anomalous absorption behavior in graphite/epoxy composites, <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Science and Technology, vol. 53, no. 1, pp. 5764, 1995.<br />

[70] R. D. Adams and M. M. Singh, The dynamic properties <strong>of</strong> brereinforced<br />

polymers exposed to hot, wet conditions, <strong>Composites</strong> Science<br />

and Technology, vol. 56, no. 8, pp. 977997, 1996.


146 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[71] T. Nakamura, R. Singh, and P. Vaddadi, Eects <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />

degradation on exural failure strength <strong>of</strong> ber reinforced composites,<br />

Experimental Mechanics, vol. 46, no. 2, pp. 257268, 2006.<br />

[72] R. D. Adams and M. M. Singh, The eect <strong>of</strong> immersion in sea water<br />

on the dynamic properties <strong>of</strong> bre-reinforced exibilised epoxy<br />

composites, Composite Structures, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 119127, 1995.<br />

[73] D.-W. Suh, M.-K. Ku, J.-D. Nam, B.-S. Kim, and S.-C. Yoon,<br />

Equilibrium water uptake <strong>of</strong> epoxy/carbon ber composites in hygrothermal<br />

environmental conditions, Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials,<br />

vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 264278, 2001.<br />

[74] D. Graham, P. Maas, G. B. Donaldson, and C. Carr, Impact damage<br />

detection in carbon bre composites using hts squids and neural<br />

networks, NDT and E International, vol. 37, no. 7, pp. 565570,<br />

2004.<br />

[75] S. S. Kessler, S. M. Spearing, M. J. Atalla, C. E. S. Cesnik, and<br />

C. Soutis, Damage detection in composite materials using frequency<br />

response methods, <strong>Composites</strong> Part B: Engineering, vol. 33, no. 1,<br />

pp. 8795, 2002.<br />

[76] P. Feraboli and A. Masini, Development <strong>of</strong> carbon/epoxy structural<br />

components for a high performance vehicle, <strong>Composites</strong> Part B: Engineering,<br />

vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 323330, 2004.<br />

[77] J. P. Komorowski, R. W. Gould, and D. L. Simpson, Synergy between<br />

advanced composites and new ndi methods, Advanced Performance<br />

Materials, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 137151, 1998.<br />

[78] R. A. Ibrahim and C. L. Pettit, Uncertainties and dynamic problems<br />

<strong>of</strong> bolted joints and other fasteners, Journal <strong>of</strong> Sound and Vibration,<br />

vol. 279, no. 3-5, pp. 857936, 2005.<br />

[79] Y. Nakai and C. Hiwa, Eects <strong>of</strong> loading frequency and environment<br />

on delamination fatigue crack growth <strong>of</strong> cfrp, International Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 24, no. 2-4, pp. 161170, 2002.<br />

[80] J. Schon, A model <strong>of</strong> fatigue delamination in composites, <strong>Composites</strong><br />

Science and Technology, vol. 60, no. 4, pp. 553558, 2000.<br />

[81] J. Andersons, M. Hojo, and S. Ochiai, Model <strong>of</strong> delamination propagation<br />

in brittle-matrix composites under cyclic loading, Journal


BIBLIOGRAPHY 147<br />

<strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 20, no. 5, pp. 431450,<br />

2001.<br />

[82] J. Gassan and T. Dietz, Load-increasing fatigue test to characterize<br />

the interface <strong>of</strong> composites under fatigue loadings, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Materials Science, vol. 38, no. 12, pp. 27552760, 2003.<br />

[83] K. P. Dyer and D. H. Isaac, Fatigue behaviour <strong>of</strong> continuous glass -<br />

bre reinforced composites, <strong>Composites</strong> Part B: Engineering, vol. 29,<br />

no. 6, pp. 725733, 1998.<br />

[84] M. Knops and C. Bogle, Gradual failure in bre/polymer laminates,<br />

<strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 66, no. 5, pp. 616<br />

625, 2006.<br />

[85] C. Bhat, M. R. Bhat, and C. R. L. Murthy, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> characterization<br />

<strong>of</strong> failure modes in composites with ANN, Composite<br />

Structures, vol. 61, no. 3, pp. 213220, 2003.<br />

[86] G. Kamala, J. Hashemi, and A. A. Barhorst, Discrete-Wavelet Analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>s During Fatigue Loading <strong>of</strong> Carbon Fiber<br />

Reinforced <strong>Composites</strong>, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>,<br />

vol. 20, no. 3, pp. 222238, 2001.<br />

[87] Y. A. Dzenis, Cycle-based analysis <strong>of</strong> damage and failure in advanced<br />

composites under fatigue: 1. experimental observation <strong>of</strong><br />

damage development within loading cycles, International Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 25, no. 6, pp. 499510, 2003.<br />

[88] M. Shiwa, S. Carpenter, and T. Kishi, Analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong><br />

signals generated during the fatigue testing <strong>of</strong> GFRP, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Composite Materials, vol. 30, no. 18, pp. 20192041, 1996.<br />

[89] J. Awerbuch and S. Ghaari, <strong>Monitoring</strong> Progression <strong>of</strong> Matrix<br />

Splitting During Fatigue Loading Through <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> in<br />

Notched Unidirectional Graphite/Epoxy Composite, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced<br />

Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 24564, 1988.<br />

[90] L. G. Melin, J. Schon, and T. Nyman, Fatigue testing and buckling<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> impacted composite specimens, International<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 24, no. 2-4, pp. 263272, 2002.<br />

[91] E. K. Gamstedt and B. A. Sjogren, Micromechanisms in tensioncompression<br />

fatigue <strong>of</strong> composite laminates containing transverse


148 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

plies, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 59, no. 2, pp. 167<br />

178, 1999.<br />

[92] J. J. Xiong and R. A. Shenoi, A two-stage theory on fatigue damage<br />

and life prediction <strong>of</strong> composites, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology,<br />

vol. 64, no. 9, pp. 13311343, 2004.<br />

[93] A. Plumtree and L. Shi, Fatigue damage evolution in o-axis unidirectional<br />

cfrp, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 24, no. 2-4,<br />

pp. 155159, 2002.<br />

[94] M. Kashtalyan and C. Soutis, Analysis <strong>of</strong> composite laminates with<br />

intra- and interlaminar damage, Progress in Aerospace Sciences,<br />

vol. 41, no. 2, pp. 152173, 2005.<br />

[95] T.-C. Moon, H.-Y. Kim, and W. Hwang, Natural-frequency reduction<br />

model for matrix-dominated fatigue damage <strong>of</strong> composite laminates,<br />

Composite Structures, vol. 62, no. 1, pp. 1926, 2003.<br />

[96] S. Subramanian, K. L. Reifsnider, and W. W. Stinchcomb, A cumulative<br />

damage model to predict the fatigue life <strong>of</strong> composite laminates<br />

including the eect <strong>of</strong> a bre-matrix interphase, International Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 17, no. 5, pp. 343351, 1995.<br />

[97] M. Kisa, Free vibration analysis <strong>of</strong> a cantilever composite beam with<br />

multiple cracks, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 64, no. 9,<br />

pp. 13911402, 2004.<br />

[98] J. P. Hou and G. Jeronimidis, Vibration <strong>of</strong> delaminated thin composite<br />

plates, <strong>Composites</strong> Part A: Applied Science and Manufacturing,<br />

vol. 30, no. 8, pp. 989995, 1999.<br />

[99] A. Muc, Design <strong>of</strong> composite structures under cyclic loads, Computers<br />

& Structures, vol. 76, no. 1-3, pp. 211218, 2000.<br />

[100] P. Papanikos, K. I. Tserpes, and S. P. Pantelakis, Modelling <strong>of</strong> fatigue<br />

damage progression and life <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> laminates, Fatigue &<br />

Fracture <strong>of</strong> Engineering Materials and Structures, vol. 26, no. 1,<br />

pp. 3747, 2003.<br />

[101] W. Van Paepegem and J. Degrieck, Coupled residual stiness and<br />

strength model for fatigue <strong>of</strong> bre-reinforced composite materials,<br />

<strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 62, no. 5, pp. 687696, 2002.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 149<br />

[102] J. P. Dunkers, F. R. Phelan, D. P. Sanders, M. J. Everett, W. H.<br />

Green, D. L. Hunston, and R. S. Parnas, The application <strong>of</strong> optical<br />

coherence tomography to problems in polymer matrix composites,<br />

Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 135147, 2001.<br />

[103] I. M. Daniel, 1998 sem william m. murray lecture: Experimentation<br />

and modeling <strong>of</strong> composite materials, Experimental Mechanics,<br />

vol. 39, no. 1, pp. 119, 1999.<br />

[104] S. Mahadevan and H. Mao, Probabilistic fatigue-creep life prediction<br />

<strong>of</strong> composites, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>,<br />

vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 361371, 2004.<br />

[105] A. W. Wharmby, F. Ellyin, and J. D. Wolodko, Observations on<br />

damage development in bre reinforced polymer laminates under<br />

cyclic loading, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue, vol. 25, no. 5,<br />

pp. 437446, 2003.<br />

[106] K. Reifsnider, Damage and damage mechanics, in Fatigue <strong>of</strong> Composite<br />

Materials (K. Reifsnider, ed.), vol. 4, pp. 1178, Amsterdam:<br />

Elsevier, 1991.<br />

[107] H. S. Kim and J. Zhang, Fatigue damage and life prediction <strong>of</strong><br />

glass/vinyl ester composites, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and<br />

<strong>Composites</strong>, vol. 20, no. 10, pp. 834848, 2001.<br />

[108] Z. Khan, F. A. Al-Sulaiman, J. K. Farooqi, and M. Younas, Fatigue<br />

life predictions in woven carbon fabric/polyester composites based<br />

on modulus degradation, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>,<br />

vol. 20, no. 5, pp. 377398, 2001.<br />

[109] M. B. Ruggles-Wrenn, J. M. Corum, and R. L. Battiste, Shortterm<br />

static and cyclic behavior <strong>of</strong> two automotive carbon-ber composites,<br />

<strong>Composites</strong> Part A: Applied Science and Manufacturing,<br />

vol. 34, no. 8, pp. 731741, 2003.<br />

[110] Z. Zhang and G. Hartwig, Relation <strong>of</strong> damping and fatigue damage<br />

<strong>of</strong> unidirectional bre composites, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Fatigue,<br />

vol. 24, no. 7, pp. 713718, 2002.<br />

[111] L. J. Lee, K. E. Fu, and J. N. Yang, Prediction <strong>of</strong> fatigue damage<br />

and life for composite laminates under service loading spectra,<br />

<strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 56, no. 6, pp. 635648, 1996.


150 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[112] H. Huang, G. S. Springer, and R. M. Christensen, Predicting failure<br />

in composite laminates using dissipated energy, Journal <strong>of</strong> Composite<br />

Materials, vol. 37, no. 23, pp. 20732099, 2003.<br />

[113] R. J. H. Thompson, M. P. Ansell, P. W. Boneld, and J. M. Dinwoodie,<br />

Fatigue in wood-based panels. part 2: property changes<br />

during fatigue cycling <strong>of</strong> osb, chipboard and mdf, Wood Science and<br />

Technology, vol. 39, no. 4, pp. 311325, 2005.<br />

[114] H. C. Kim and F. L. Matthews, Hysteresis behaviour in <strong>CFRP</strong>,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Physics D: Applied Physics, vol. 6, no. 15, p. 1755, 1973.<br />

[115] F. J. Guild, The detection <strong>of</strong> cracks in damaged composite materials,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Physics D: Applied Physics, vol. 14, no. 8, p. 1561,<br />

1981.<br />

[116] M. Hinton, P. D. Soden, and A.-S. Kaddour, Failure Criteria in<br />

Fibre-Reinforced-Polymer <strong>Composites</strong>. Elsevier Science, 2004.<br />

[117] B. Harris, ed., Fatigue in <strong>Composites</strong>. Fatigue in <strong>Composites</strong>, Cambridge:<br />

Woodhead Publishing Ltd., 2003.<br />

[118] K. Reifsnider, ed., Fatigue <strong>of</strong> Composite Materials, vol. 4 <strong>of</strong> Composite<br />

Materials Series. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1991.<br />

[119] T. J. Holroyd, The <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> & Ultrasonic <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Handbook. Machine & Systems Condition <strong>Monitoring</strong> Series, Kingham,<br />

Oxford, UK: Coxmoor Publishing Company, rst edition ed.,<br />

2000.<br />

[120] M. A. Hamstad, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission primer, lecture delivered by dr.<br />

hamstad at the acoustic emission working group meeting on august<br />

4, 2003 (aewg-46), 2004.<br />

[121] H. R. Hardy Jr, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> / Microseismic Activity, vol. 1.<br />

Taylor & Francis, 2003.<br />

[122] H. Kolsky, Stress Waves in Solids, vol. 1. Courier Dover Publications,<br />

2003.<br />

[123] G. R. Liu and Z. Xi, Elastic waves in Anisotropic Laminates. Newton:<br />

CRC Press, 2002.<br />

[124] W. H. Prosser, Waveform Analysis <strong>of</strong> AE in <strong>Composites</strong>, Proceedings<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Sixth International Symposium on Acoutic <strong>Emission</strong> From<br />

Composite Materials, vol. 3700, pp. 6170, 1998.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 151<br />

[125] H. C. Kim and H. K. Park, Laser interferometry system for measuring<br />

displacement amplitude <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission signals, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Physics D (Applied Physics), vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 6735, 1984.<br />

[126] Y. Higo and H. Inaba, General problems <strong>of</strong> ae sensors, ASTM Special<br />

Technical Publication, no. 1077, pp. 724, 1991.<br />

[127] F. R. Breckenridge and D. G. Eitzen, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Transducers<br />

and Their Calibration, in <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Testing (P. O. Moore,<br />

ed.), vol. 6 <strong>of</strong> Nondestructive testing handbook, pp. 5160, Columbus:<br />

American Society for Nondestructive Testing, Inc., 3rd ed., 2005.<br />

[128] J. Folker, Email correspondence, 2004-2005.<br />

[129] Vallen-Systeme GmbH, Product leaet for integral Amplier Transducers,<br />

1998.<br />

[130] P. Rizzo and F. L. di Scalea, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

Carbon-Fiber-Reinforced-Polymer Bridge Stay Cables in Large-Scale<br />

Testing, Experimental Mechanics, vol. 41, no. 3, pp. 282290, 2001.<br />

[131] M. Surgeon and M. Wevers, Modal analysis <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission<br />

signals from cfrp laminates, NDT and E International, vol. 32, no. 6,<br />

pp. 311322, 1999.<br />

[132] G. J. Farrow and M. I. Darby, Study <strong>of</strong> simulated acoustic emission<br />

in unidirectional carbon bre reinforced plastic, Journal <strong>of</strong> Physics<br />

D: Applied Physics, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 234241, 1992.<br />

[133] W. H. Prosser, K. E. Jackson, S. Kellas, B. T. Smith, J. McKeon, and<br />

A. Friedman, Advanced waveform-based acoustic emission detection<br />

<strong>of</strong> matrix cracking in composites, NDT and E International, vol. 30,<br />

no. 2, p. 108, 1997.<br />

[134] S. N. Omkar, S. Suresh, T. R. Raghavendra, and V. Mani, <strong>Acoustic</strong><br />

emission signal classication using fuzzy c-means clustering, vol. 4,<br />

pp. 18271831, 2002.<br />

[135] C. J. Hellier, Handbook <strong>of</strong> Nondestructive Evaluation. New York:<br />

McGraw-Hill, 2001.<br />

[136] M. F. Carlos and H. Vallen, <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Signal Processing, in<br />

<strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Testing (P. O. Moore, ed.), vol. 6 <strong>of</strong> Nondestructive<br />

testing handbook, pp. 153154, Columbus: American Society for<br />

Nondestructive Testing, Inc., 3rd ed., 2005.


152 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[137] G. Ramirez, P. H. Ziehl, and T. J. Fowler, Nondestructive evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> FRP design criteria with primary consideration to fatigue loading,<br />

Transactions <strong>of</strong> the ASME. Journal <strong>of</strong> Pressure Vessel Technology,<br />

vol. 126, no. 2, pp. 21628, 2004.<br />

[138] M. Vetterli and J. Kovacevic, Wavelets and Subband Coding. Prentice<br />

Hall Signal Processing, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1995.<br />

[139] M. D. Seale, B. T. Smith, W. H. Prosser, and J. E. Masters, Lamb<br />

wave response <strong>of</strong> fatigued composite samples, Review <strong>of</strong> Progress<br />

in Quantative Nondestructive Evaluation, vol. 13B, pp. 12611266,<br />

1994.<br />

[140] W. H. Prosser, Advanced AE techniques in composite materials research,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>, vol. 14, no. 3-4, p. 1, 1996.<br />

[141] M. R. Bhat, M. A. Majeed, and C. R. L. Murthy, Characterization<br />

<strong>of</strong> fatigue damage in unidirectional gfrp composites through acoustic<br />

emission signal analysis, NDT and E International, vol. 27, no. 1,<br />

pp. 2732, 1994.<br />

[142] S. Barre and M. L. Benzeggagh, On the use <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission<br />

to investigate damage mechanism in glass-bre-reinforced polypropylene,<br />

<strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology, vol. 52, no. 3, pp. 369376,<br />

1994.<br />

[143] N. Ativitavas, T. J. Fowler, and T. Pothisiri, Identication <strong>of</strong> Fiber<br />

Breakage in Fiber Reinforced Plastic by Low-Amplitude Filtering<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Data, Journal <strong>of</strong> Nondestructive Evaluation,<br />

vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 2136, 2004.<br />

[144] K. Ono, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission behavior <strong>of</strong> awed unidirectional carbon<br />

ber-epoxy composites, Journal <strong>of</strong> Reinforced Plastics and <strong>Composites</strong>,<br />

vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 90105, 1988.<br />

[145] N. Godin, S. Huguet, R. Gaertner, and L. Salmon, Clustering <strong>of</strong><br />

acoustic emission signals collected during tensile tests on unidirectional<br />

glass/polyester composite using supervised and unsupervised<br />

classiers, NDT and E International, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 253264,<br />

2004.<br />

[146] J. Bohse, <strong>Acoustic</strong> emission characteristics <strong>of</strong> micro-failure processes<br />

in polymer blends and composites, <strong>Composites</strong> Science and Technology,<br />

vol. 60, no. 8, pp. 12131226, 2000.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 153<br />

[147] M. Iwamoto, Q.-Q. Ni, T. Fujiwara, and K. Kurashiki, Intralaminar<br />

fracture mechanism in unidirectional <strong>CFRP</strong> composites: Part I: Intralaminar<br />

toughness and AE characteristics, Engineering Fracture<br />

Mechanics, vol. 64, no. 6, pp. 721745, 1999.<br />

[148] M. A. Hamstad, A. O'Gallagher, and J. Gary, A Wavelet Transform<br />

Applied to <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Signals: Part 1: Source Identication,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong>, vol. 20, pp. 3961, 2002.<br />

[149] W. H. Prosser, K. E. Jackson, S. Kellas, B. T. Smith, J. McKeon, and<br />

A. Friedman, Advanced waveform-based acoustic emission detection<br />

<strong>of</strong> matrix cracking in composites, NDT and E International, vol. 30,<br />

no. 2, p. 108, 1997.<br />

[150] S. P. Ebenezer, A. Papandreou-Suppappola, and S. B. Suppappola,<br />

Matching pursuit classication for time-varying acoustic emissions,<br />

vol. 1, pp. 715719, 2001.<br />

[151] S. Pon Varma, L. Papandreou-Suppapola, and S. B. Suppappola,<br />

Detecting faults in structures using time-frequency techniques,<br />

vol. 6, pp. 35933596, 2001.<br />

[152] S. Rippengill, K. Worden, K. M. Holford, and R. Pullin, Automatic<br />

classication <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission patterns, Strain, vol. 39, no. 1,<br />

pp. 3141, 2003.<br />

[153] M. Kaveh, A. H. Tewk, K. M. Buckley, D. West, D. Zhang,<br />

G. Venkatesan, H. Sun, V. Emamian, and P. Anderson, Signal processing<br />

for the detection and classication <strong>of</strong> acoustic emissions in<br />

integrated diagnostics, tech. rep., University <strong>of</strong> Minnesota, 2000.<br />

[154] J. Yang and G. A. Dumont, Classication <strong>of</strong> acoustic emission signals<br />

via hebbian feature extraction, vol. 1, pp. 113118, 1991.<br />

[155] C. E. Shannon, A mathematical theory <strong>of</strong> communication, SIGMO-<br />

BILE Mob. Comput. Commun. Rev., vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 355, 1948.<br />

[156] T. Bell, J. Cleary, and I. Witten, Text Compression. Prentice Hall<br />

Advanced Reference Series, Prentice Hall, 1990.<br />

[157] I. Witten, A. Moat, and T. Bell, Managing Gigabytes: Compressing<br />

and Indexing Documents and Images. Morgan Kaufmann, 1999.<br />

[158] P. G. Howard, The Design and Analysis <strong>of</strong> Ecient Lossless Data<br />

Compression Systems. PhD thesis, Brown University, 1993.


154 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

[159] D. A. Shkarin, Improving the Eciency <strong>of</strong> the PPM Algorithm,<br />

Problems <strong>of</strong> Information Transmission, vol. 37, no. 3, pp. 226235,<br />

2001.<br />

[160] D. Shkarin, Ppm: one step to practicality, in DCC 2002 - Data<br />

Compression Conference (J. A. Storer and M. Cohn, eds.), (Snowbird,<br />

Utah), pp. 202211, IEEE Computer Society, April, 2002.<br />

[161] M. Nelson, Arithmetic coding and statistical modeling, Dr. Dobb's<br />

Journal, 1991.<br />

[162] H. F. Olson, Music, Physics and Engineering. New York: Dover<br />

Publications, 2nd ed. ed., 1967.<br />

[163] S. Dixon, E. Pampalk, and G. Widmer, Classication <strong>of</strong> dance music<br />

by periodicity pattern, in International Symposium on Music<br />

Information Retrieval, ISMIR, 2003.<br />

[164] F. Rieke, D. Warland, R. de Ruyter van Steveninck, and W. Bialek,<br />

Spikes: Exploring the Neural Code. Computational Neuroscience,<br />

The MIT Press, 1997.<br />

[165] W. A. Sethares, R. D. Morris, and J. C. Sethares, Beat tracking<br />

<strong>of</strong> musical performances using low-level audio features, Speech and<br />

Audio Processing, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 275285,<br />

2005.<br />

[166] R. Unnthorsson, N. H. Pontoppidan, and M. T. Jonsson, Extracting<br />

Information from Conventional AE Features for Fatigue onset Damage<br />

Detection in Carbon Fiber <strong>Composites</strong>, in The 59th meeting <strong>of</strong><br />

the Society for Machinery Failure Prevention Technology, (Virginia<br />

Beach, USA), pp. 293302, Society for Machinery Failure Prevention<br />

Technology, 2005.<br />

[167] C. A. Mercer, Removing phase delay using phaseless ltering - a<br />

phaseless ltering technique that eliminates time lag, 6 June 2001.<br />

http://www.prosig.com/signal-processing/PhaselessFiltering.html.<br />

[168] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, Predicting-<br />

Fatigue Strength <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> during Fatigue Testing - Classication <strong>of</strong><br />

Signal, April 2005.<br />

[169] Vallen-Systeme GmbH, Accessories for <strong>Acoustic</strong> <strong>Emission</strong> Systems,<br />

2008. http://vallen.de/zdownload/pdf/acc0612.pdf.


BIBLIOGRAPHY 155<br />

[170] Newport 301 Product Data Sheet, 2008.<br />

http://www.newportad.com/pdf/PL.NB-301.pdf.<br />

[171] B. Gislasson, Fault Detection <strong>of</strong> <strong>CFRP</strong> using First Time Loading.<br />

PhD thesis, University <strong>of</strong> Iceland, 2005.<br />

[172] B. Gislason, M. T. Jonsson, and R. Unnthorsson, Fault Detection <strong>of</strong><br />

CRFP during Initial Loading, in The 15th International Conference<br />

on Composite Materials (ICCM15), (Durban, South Africa), 2005.<br />

[173] R. Duda, P. Hart, and D. Stork, Pattern Classication. New York:<br />

Wiley-Interscience, 2nd ed., 2001.<br />

[174] R. Unnthorsson, T. P. Runarsson, and M. T. Jonsson, Model Selection<br />

in One-Class v-SVMs using RBF Kernels, in COMADEM<br />

- Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the 16th International Congress, Vaxjö University,<br />

2003.


This page intentionally left blank.


List <strong>of</strong> Tables<br />

4.1 The measurement equipment used for acquiring AE and the position<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator during fatigue testing. . . . . . 71<br />

5.1 The maximum stresses found by the nite element analysis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Vari-Flex foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86<br />

5.2 The median Pearson (left) and Spearman (right) correlation coef-<br />

cients between the AE hit count, the energy, and the four entropies.101<br />

5.3 Four trough-to-peak patterns, <strong>of</strong> length 2. The patterns have been<br />

augmented by placing - and + where the troughs and peaks are located<br />

respectively. The last column contains the estimated Bayes<br />

optimal decision threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103<br />

5.4 The results <strong>of</strong> AE-based failure determination compared to the<br />

displacement criterion. The values in the three last columns are<br />

in thousand cycles and negative values represent detections made<br />

before the displacement criterion is met. . . . . . . . . . . . . 111


This page intentionally left blank.


List <strong>of</strong> Figures<br />

2.1 Shows matrix cracks, broken bres, debonding and delamination. 11<br />

2.2 Shows what happens when air gets trapped between layers. . . . 12<br />

2.3 Shows foreign inclusion and a wrinkle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />

2.4 Schematic progression <strong>of</strong> fatigue damage in composites. . . . . 17<br />

3.1 An illustration <strong>of</strong> a typical resonant AE transducer and how an<br />

AE is converted into an electric representation. . . . . . . . . 27<br />

3.2 Two calibration curves for the same resonant AE transducer. The<br />

red curve is the result <strong>of</strong> a pressure calibration and the green is the<br />

result <strong>of</strong> a displacement calibration (reproduced with permission<br />

from Vallen GmbH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28<br />

3.3 Illustration <strong>of</strong> conventionally used AE hit-based features. . . . . 32<br />

3.4 Flow chart <strong>of</strong> the AE hit determination procedure. . . . . . . . 40<br />

3.5 Illustration <strong>of</strong> how the STFT-based detection function is generated. 42<br />

3.6 Illustration <strong>of</strong> the incremental peak picking procedure. . . . . . 44<br />

3.7 Illustration <strong>of</strong> how the hit determination approach presented here<br />

is able to detect and separate overlapping transients which the<br />

threshold-based procedure cannot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47<br />

3.8 The left gure shows an AE signal which consists <strong>of</strong> weak (0-5<br />

ms), intermediate (5-10 ms) and strong transients (10-15 ms).<br />

Above the AE signal is the STFT-based detection function. The<br />

right gure shows the weak transients in more detail, the detection<br />

function, and the detected troughs and peaks. . . . . . . . . . 48<br />

3.9 The intermediate and strong transients <strong>of</strong> the signal shown in<br />

Fig. 3.8a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


160 LIST OF FIGURES<br />

3.10 The generation <strong>of</strong> the coding vector illustrated using two element<br />

subvectors for each hit. The two elements are coded maximum<br />

amplitude and coded ISI respectively. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56<br />

3.11 The procedure for nding hit patterns in the coded representation. 57<br />

3.12 Schematic overview <strong>of</strong> the proposed experimental methodology. . 58<br />

3.13 The AE signal is segmented and each segment is split into N<br />

subbands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59<br />

3.14 The left image shows a wavelet packet tree corresponding to conventional<br />

DWT and the packet numbers. The right image shows<br />

a full 4 level wavelet packet tree and the packet numbers. . . . . 60<br />

3.15 For each subband segment, the new feature vector is computed<br />

by rst rectifying the signal, then computing a piecewise constant<br />

envelope, and nally down-sampling the envelope. . . . . . . . 61<br />

3.16 For each subband, new feature vectors are appended to previous<br />

vectors and an intensity image is generated. . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4.1 The assembled Vari-Flex. The Vari-Flex is made up <strong>of</strong> two heel<br />

parts and one toe part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66<br />

4.2 A mould for the toe components and the resulting panel after the<br />

components have been cut out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67<br />

4.3 Schematic representation <strong>of</strong> the experimental setup for both the<br />

AE and the position measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

4.4 Shows both the maximum loading as a function <strong>of</strong> stiness category<br />

and the Vari-Flex with a wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />

4.5 The shape <strong>of</strong> the Vari-ex at the two extreme loading conditions<br />

in each fatigue cycle, i.e. forefoot loaded (left) and heel loaded<br />

(right). The images are made by tracing video frames <strong>of</strong> a foot<br />

in a test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />

4.6 The frequency response <strong>of</strong> the VS375-M transducer. . . . . . . 72<br />

4.7 Schematic illustration <strong>of</strong> the bending <strong>of</strong> the transducer's contact<br />

surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72<br />

4.8 The shim (left) and the isolated AE transducer (right). . . . . . 73<br />

4.9 The c-clamp used to hold the transducer during the fatigue testing<br />

(left) and the resulting supercial damage due to sticking <strong>of</strong> the<br />

split-toe component and the heel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74


LIST OF FIGURES 161<br />

4.10 The resolution <strong>of</strong> the L-Gage Q50A sensor. A fast response speed<br />

is used. The gure is taken from a specications sheet provided<br />

by the manufacturer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />

5.1 The fatigue life distribution <strong>of</strong> the feet according to the 10% displacement<br />

criterion. A two-parameter Weibull distribution t is<br />

superimposed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.2 The side <strong>of</strong> ve split-toe feet components after failure. The components<br />

are statically loaded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80<br />

5.3 Shows both the positions <strong>of</strong> the two actuators during one fatigue<br />

cycle and the loading on the foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81<br />

5.4 The area model and the element model used for studying the<br />

stresses in the foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83<br />

5.5 Shows the compressional and tensional stresses at the two extreme<br />

positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . 84<br />

5.6 Shows the shear stresses at the two extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's<br />

actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85<br />

5.7 The solid curve shows the mean displacement change and all values<br />

within one standard deviation from the mean. The dashed<br />

curve is a log 10 transformation <strong>of</strong> the solid curve. . . . . . . . 87<br />

5.8 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the extreme position <strong>of</strong> the forefoot's actuator<br />

shown for 4 sample feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88<br />

5.9 The stiness measurement setup and results for three feet. . . . 89<br />

5.10 Shows both the positions <strong>of</strong> the two actuators during one fatigue<br />

cycle and the loading on the foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />

5.11 The load-position relationship for both actuators. . . . . . . . . 91<br />

5.12 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count and the signal's energy<br />

(per loading cycle). The grey area represents all values which lie<br />

within one standard deviation from the mean. . . . . . . . . . 93<br />

5.13 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> six commonly used AE hit features. The<br />

grey area represents all values which lie within one standard deviation<br />

from the mean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


162 LIST OF FIGURES<br />

5.14 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> AE hit features extracted from the hit<br />

with the maximum amplitude and the amplitude ratio <strong>of</strong> the two<br />

hits with the largest amplitudes. The grey area represents all<br />

values which lie within one standard deviation from the mean. . 96<br />

5.15 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> AE features in the frequency domain.<br />

The grey area represents all values which lie within one standard<br />

deviation from the mean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97<br />

5.16 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the four entropies computed from the<br />

AE segments. The grey area represents all values which lie within<br />

one standard deviation from the mean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100<br />

5.17 The rst step in computing the hit pattern feature is the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the coding vector for the signal segment. . . . . . . . . 102<br />

5.18 The second step in computing the hit pattern feature is to nd<br />

and count the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences for each hit pattern in the<br />

coded representation <strong>of</strong> the signal segment. . . . . . . . . . . . 102<br />

5.19 The average evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences <strong>of</strong> four troughto-peak<br />

patterns computed from the AE segments. The grey area<br />

represents all values which lie within one standard deviation from<br />

the mean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104<br />

5.20 Scatter plot <strong>of</strong> failure detections made by the best AE criterion<br />

and the 10% displacement criterion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110<br />

5.21 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the displacement, extreme positions <strong>of</strong> the forefoot<br />

actuator, and both extreme load values <strong>of</strong> the heel and forefoot's<br />

actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114<br />

5.22 The left and right sides <strong>of</strong> the split-toe foot after cyclic testing. 116<br />

5.23 The evolution <strong>of</strong> selected AE features throughout one fatigue test.<br />

The grey area for each feature represents all values which lie<br />

within one standard deviation from the mean (black curve). The<br />

mean is computed by averaging the evolution curves from all other<br />

feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117<br />

5.24 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> occurrences for four trough-topeak<br />

(ISI) patterns computed from the AE segments. The grey<br />

area for each pattern represents all values which lie within one<br />

standard deviation from the mean (black curve). The mean is<br />

computed by averaging the evolution curves from all other feet. . 119


LIST OF FIGURES 163<br />

5.25 The evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE hit count-based test static. . . . . . . 120<br />

5.26 The resulting intensity image for the 133166 kHz subband. Each<br />

value in the image is the maximum amplitude in the corresponding<br />

interval. Also depicted is the evolution <strong>of</strong> the total AE energy<br />

and AE hit count from each segment (computed using the signal's<br />

full bandwidth). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122<br />

5.27 The resulting intensity images for four selected subbands. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on the amplitude in the corresponding<br />

interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124<br />

5.28 Two intensity images, for the 133166 kHz subband, made using<br />

threshold-based AE features. The brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based<br />

on the value <strong>of</strong> the AE feature in the corresponding interval. . 126<br />

5.29 Two intensity images which have no detectable paths. The brightness<br />

<strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed in<br />

the corresponding interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127<br />

5.30 Intensity images corresponding to four selected ISI patterns. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed<br />

in the corresponding interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128<br />

5.31 Intensity images corresponding to four handpicked patterns. The<br />

brightness <strong>of</strong> each pixel is based on how <strong>of</strong>ten a pattern is observed<br />

in the corresponding interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130<br />

5.32 A composite image made by overlaying and enhancing the results<br />

from 32 patterns (left) and the evolution <strong>of</strong> the AE energy (right) 131


This page intentionally left blank.


List <strong>of</strong> Algorithms<br />

1 STFT-based detection function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />

2 Trough- and Peak-Picking Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45<br />

3 Trough- and Peak-Removal Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!